heart muscle inhibitors

Abstract

The compound of formula (I) provided is: Equation (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and R1, R2A, R2B, R3, R4, and R5 are as defined herein. Additionally, a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided. Additionally, a method of using the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided.

Description

Technology Field Cross-reference regarding related applications This application was filed on August 31, 2018, and claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62 / 726,162, titled “Cardiac Muscle Depressant,” the full text of which is incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. field Provided herein are heterocyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods for treating various heart diseases and conditions with such compounds. Background Technology background The present disclosure relates to specific chemical substances for selectively regulating heart muscle tissue, in particular to specific chemical substances, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for treating various heart diseases and pathological conditions. The cardiac myomime consists of a network of contractile and structural proteins that regulate cardiac muscle function. The components of the cardiac myomime present targets for the treatment of various heart diseases and conditions, for example, by increasing contractility or by promoting full relaxation to regulate systolic and diastolic functions, respectively. The force and speed of cardiac muscle contraction are major determinants of organ function and are regulated by the cyclic interaction of actin and myosin. The regulation of actin-myosin binding involves a network of myofibril regulatory proteins and intracellular Ca 2+ It is determined by the level. Troponin complex and tropomyosin are thin filament proteins that control the solubility of actin binding sites and essential and regulatory light chains, and myosin-binding protein C controls the localization and mechanical properties of myosin. Abnormalities in cardiac myometriosis have been identified as the cause of various heart diseases and pathologies, such as hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM) and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF). Mutations in myometrial proteins cause the heart muscle to contract at high or low levels, leading to disease. Regulators of cardiac myometriosis can be used to rebalance contractility and halt or reverse the progression of the disease. Current agents targeting cardiac muscle tissue, such as inotropes (drugs that increase cardiac contractility), are not well selected for cardiac tissue, leading to recognized side effects that limit their use. These side effects include cellular damage due to increased energy expenditure, worsening of diastolic abnormalities, and increased cytoplasmic Ca. 2 + and potential arrhythmia-inducing side effects that may occur due to cyclic AMP concentrations in contractileally stimulated myocardium. Given the limitations of current agents, new approaches are needed to improve cardiac function in HCM and HFpEF. There remains a significant need for agents utilizing novel mechanisms of action that can yield better outcomes in terms of both short- and long-term symptom relief, safety, and patient mortality. New agents with improved therapeutic indices compared to current agents will provide the means to achieve these clinical outcomes. The selectivity of agents targeting cardiac myomas (e.g., by targeting cardiac myosins) has been identified as a key means to achieve these improved therapeutic indices. The present disclosure provides such agents (particularly cardiac myosin inhibitors) and methods of their use. These agents are allosteric inhibitors of cardiac myosins. The benefits of these compounds include a broader therapeutic index, reduced impact on cardiac relaxation, better pharmacokinetics, and better safety. The present disclosure provides a chemical, a pharmaceutical composition, and a method for the treatment of heart failure including HCM and HFpEF. The composition is an inhibitor of cardiac myosin, for example. Brief summary In one aspect, a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (I) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A , R 2B , and R 3 is defined by any one of (i) - (iii): (i)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; or (ii)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; or (iii)R 2A and R 2BThey combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, when one or more of items (a) - (c) are applied, then R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or a phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy, and: (a) R 2A and R 2B is as defined by (i) and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; (b) R 2A and R 3 is as defined by (ii) and R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl; (c) R 2A , and R 2B is as defined by (iii) and R 3 is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ia), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ia) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, R 3 When is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided: (Ib) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, R 2B When is 4-methoxyphenyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ic) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Id), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Id) Here: R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; n is 0, 1, or 2; R 3a is selected from the group consisting of halo and cyano; and R 4 is H. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ie), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ie) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 4 is H and; Here, R 2B When is 4-methoxyphenyl, R 1is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (If), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (If) Here: G 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; and R 4 is H and; Here, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1a is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ig), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ig) Here: R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; R 3a is selected from the group consisting of halo and cyano; and R 4 is H. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ih), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ih) Here: R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; and R4 is H and; Here, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1a is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ii), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ii) Here: R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R 4 is H and; R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and X is -CH2- or -C(O)-; Here, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1a is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ij), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ij) Here: R 1is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; Each R 2b is an independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 4 is H and; R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; n is 0, 1, or 2; and q is 0 or 1, Here, R 3 When is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, then R 1 is a phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ik-1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ik-1) Here: R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; 0, 1, or 2; Each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; Each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy; and R 4 is H. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ik-2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ik-2) Here: G 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; Each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; Each R 2a is independently selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminothionyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and R 4 is H and; R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; n is 0, 1, or 2; and p is 0, 1, or 2. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Il), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Il) Here: R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2b is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, and hydroxy; m is 0, 1, or 2; p is 0, 1, or 2; Each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; Each R 3a is independently halo; and R 4 is H. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Im), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Im) Here: Q is -O- or -N(R 2b )-; R 2b is selected from the group consisting of H and substituted or unsubstituted acyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; p is 0, 1, or 2; Each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; Each R 3a is independently halo; and R 4 is H. In another aspect, a compound of formula (In-1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (In-1) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A , R 2B , and R 3 is defined by any one of (i) - (iii): (i)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2Bis selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; or (ii)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; or (iii) R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, when one or more of items (a) - (c) are applied, then R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or a phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy, and: (a) R 2A and R 2B is as defined by (i) and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; (b) R 2A and R 3 is as defined by (ii) and R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl; (c) R 2A , and R 2B is as defined by (iii) and R 3 is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In another aspect, a compound of formula (In-2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (In-2) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A , R 2B , and R 3 is defined by any one of (i) - (iii): (i)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; or (ii)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; or (iii) R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, when one or more of items (a) - (c) are applied, then R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or a phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy, and: (a) R 2A and R 2Bis as defined by (i) and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; (b) R 2A and R 3 is as defined by (ii) and R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl; (c) R 2A , and R 2B is as defined by (iii) and R 3 is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments, a compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof is provided. In some aspects, a pharmaceutical composition is provided containing a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some aspects, a method for treating heart disease in a subject requiring this is provided, said method comprising administering to said subject a compound of formula (I) or a variant thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of formula (I) or a variant thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the heart disease is hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM). In some embodiments, the HCM is obstructive or non-obstructive and is caused by myofascial and / or non-myofascial mutations. In some embodiments, the heart disease is heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF). In some embodiments, the heart disease is selected from the group consisting of diastolic dysfunction, primary or secondary restrictive cardiomyopathy, myocardial infarction, angina pectoris, and left ventricular outflow duct disorder. In some embodiments, the heart disease is hypertensive heart disease, congenital heart disease, cardiac ischemia, coronary heart disease, diabetic heart disease, congestive heart failure, right heart failure, cardiorenal syndrome, or infiltrative cardiomyopathy. In some embodiments, the heart disease is cardiac aging and / or diastolic dysfunction due to aging or a related condition. In some embodiments, the heart disease is left ventricular hypertrophy and / or concentric left ventricular remodeling or a related condition. A method for treating a disease or pathological condition associated with HCM in a subject requiring it in another aspect is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or pathological condition is selected from the group consisting of Fabry disease, Danone's disease, mitochondrial cardiomyopathy, and Noonan syndrome. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with secondary left ventricular wall thickening in a subject requiring this in some aspects is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of hypertension, valvular heart disease (e.g., aortic stenosis and mitral valve insufficiency), metabolic syndrome (e.g., diabetes mellitus and obesity), end-stage renal disease, scleroderma, sleep apnea, amyloidosis, Fabry disease, Friedreich's ataxia, Danon's disease, Noonan syndrome, and Pompe disease. A method for treating diseases or conditions associated with small left ventricular cavity and cavity extinction, hyperdynamic left ventricular contraction, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis in other aspects is provided. Additionally, a method for treating muscular dystrophy (e.g., Duchenne muscular dystrophy) or glycogen storage disease is provided. Additionally, a method for inhibiting cardiac muscle is provided, wherein the method comprises contacting the cardiac muscle with a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of formula (I) or a derivative thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Specific details for implementing the invention details definition As used herein, the following words and phrases are intended to have the meanings set forth below, except to the extent otherwise indicated by the context in which they are commonly used. Throughout this application, unless the context otherwise indicates, references to compounds of formula (I) include all subgroups of formula (I) defined herein, such as formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), comprising all sub-genuses, preferences, embodiments, examples, and specific compounds defined and / or described herein. References to compounds of formula (I) and their subgroups, e.g., formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), include their ionic forms, polymorphs, pseudopolymorphs, amorphous forms, solvates, cocrystalline forms, chelates, isomers, tautomers, oxides (e.g., N-oxides, S-oxides), esters, prodrugs, isotopes, and / or protected forms. In some embodiments, references to the compound of formula (I) and its subgroups, e.g., formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), include polymorphs, solvates, cocrystals, isomers, tautomers, and / or oxides thereof. In some embodiments, references to the compound of formula (I) and its subgroups, e.g., formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), include polymorphs, solvates, and / or cocrystals thereof.In some embodiments, references to the compound of formula (I) and its subgroups, e.g., formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), include isomers, tautomers, and / or oxides thereof. In some embodiments, references to the compound of formula (I) and its subgroups, e.g., formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), include solvates thereof. "Alkyl" comprises straight and branched carbon chains having an indicated number of carbon atoms, for example, 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. For example, C 1-6 Alkyl includes both straight-chain and branched-chain alkyls having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. When an alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is mentioned, it is intended to include all branched and straight-chains having that number of carbons; thus, for example, "propyl" includes n-propyl and isopropyl; and "butyl" includes n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl. When a range of values ​​is given (e.g., C 1-6 alkyl), each value within the range, and all intermediate ranges are also included. For example, “C 1-6 "Alkyl" is C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C 1-6 , C 2-6 , C 3-6 , C 4-6 , C5-6 , C 1-5 , C 2-5 , C 3-5 , C 4-5 , C 1-4 , C 2-4 , C 3-4 , C 1-3 , C 2-3 , and C 1-2 It contains alkyl. "Alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated branched-chain or straight-chain alkyl group having an indicated number of carbon atoms (e.g., 2 to 8, or 2 to 6 carbon atoms) and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The group may be in a cis or trans configuration (Z or E configuration) with respect to the double bond(s). Alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl (e.g., prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl (allyl), prop-2-en-2-yl), and butenyl (e.g., but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, buta-1,3-diene-1-yl, buta-1,3-diene-2-yl). "Alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated branched-chain or straight-chain alkyl group having an indicated number of carbon atoms (e.g., 2 to 8 or 2 to 6 carbon atoms) and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethinyl, propynyl (e.g., prop-1-in-1-yl, prop-2-in-1-yl), and butynyl (e.g., but-1-in-1-yl, but-1-in-3-yl, but-3-in-1-yl). "Cycloalkyl" represents a non-aromatic, fully saturated carbocyclic ring having an indicated number of carbon atoms, e.g., 3 to 10, or 3 to 8, or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic). Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl, as well as cross-linked and caged ring groups (e.g., norbornane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane). Additionally, one ring of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group may be aromatic, but the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon. For example, the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon atom) is a cycloalkyl group, whereas the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-5-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through an aromatic carbon atom) is not considered a cycloalkyl group. Examples of polycyclic cycloalkyl groups consisting of cycloalkyl groups fused to an aromatic ring are described below. "Cycloalkenyl" represents a non-aromatic carbocyclic ring containing an indicated number of carbon atoms (e.g., 3 to 10, or 3 to 8, or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms) and at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The cycloalkenyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic). Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopropphenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, and cyclohexenyl, as well as cross-linked and caged ring groups (e.g., bicyclo[2.2.2]octene). Additionally, one ring of the polycyclic cycloalkenyl group may be aromatic, but the polycyclic alkenyl group is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon. For example, indene-1-yl (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon atom) is considered as a cycloalkenyl group, whereas indene-4-yl (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through an aromatic carbon atom) is not considered as a cycloalkenyl group. An example of a polycyclic cycloalkenyl group consisting of a cycloalkenyl group fused to an aromatic ring is described below. “Cycloalkynyl” has at least one site of acetylene unsaturation ( in other words It refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon group within a cycloalkyl range (having at least one moiety of the formula C≡). The cycloalkynyl may consist of a single ring, e.g., cyclooctine, or multiple rings. One cycloalkynyl moiety is an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon having 5 to 10 cyclic carbon atoms (“C5-C 10 It is "cycloalkinyl". Examples include cyclopentine, cyclohexine, cycloheptine, cyclooctine, cyclononine, etc. "Aryl" refers to an aromatic carbocyclic ring having an indicated number of carbon atoms, for example, 6 to 12 or 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic). In some cases, both rings of a polycyclic aryl group are aromatic (e.g., naphthyl). In other cases, the polycyclic aryl group may include a non-aromatic ring fused to an aromatic ring, but the polycyclic aryl group is bonded to the parent structure through atoms within the aromatic ring. Thus, the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-5-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through aromatic carbon atoms) is considered an aryl group, whereas the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through non-aromatic carbon atoms) is not considered an aryl group. Similarly, the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-8-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure via an aromatic carbon atom) is considered an aryl group, whereas the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-1-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure via a non-aromatic nitrogen atom) is not considered an aryl group. However, the term “aryl” includes, or does not overlap with, the “heteroaryl” defined here regardless of the attachment point (e.g., quinoline-5-yl and quinoline-2-yl are both heteroaryl groups). In some cases, the aryl is phenyl or naphthyl. In certain cases, the aryl is phenyl. Additional examples of aryl groups containing an aromatic carbon ring fused to a non-aromatic ring are described below. "Heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic ring containing an indicated number of atoms (e.g., 5 to 12, or 5 to 10 heteroaryls) composed of one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) and the remaining ring atom is carbon. The heteroaryl group does not contain adjacent S and O atoms. In some embodiments, the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is 2 or less. In some embodiments, the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is 1 or less. Unless otherwise indicated, the heteroaryl group may be bonded to the parent structure by carbon or nitrogen atoms as valence permits. For example, “pyridyl” includes 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, and 4-pyridyl groups, and “pyrrolyl” includes 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, and 3-pyrrolyl groups. In some cases, the heteroaryl group is monocyclic. Examples include pyrrole, pyrazol, imidazole, triazole (e.g., 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole), tetrazole, furan, isoxazole, oxazole, oxadiazole (e.g., 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole), thiophene, isothiazol, thiazole, thiadiazole (e.g., 1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole), pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine (e.g., 1,2,4-triazine, 1,3,5-triazine), and tetrazine. In some cases, both rings of the polycyclic heteroaryl group are aromatic. Examples include indole, isoindole, indazole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzofuran, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzoxadiazole, benzothiophene, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, benzothiadiazole, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine, 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine, 3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine, 3H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridine, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridine, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridine, 1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine, 1H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridine, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine, 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridine, 3H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, 3H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridine, 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine, 1H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, furo[2,3-b]pyridine, oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine, isoxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine, [1,2,3]oxadiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine, furo[3,2-b]pyridine, Oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine, Isoxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine, [1,2,3]Oxadiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine, Furo[2,3-c]pyridine, Oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine, Isoxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine, [1,2,3]Oxadiazolo[5,4-c]pyridine, Furo[3,2-c]pyridine, Oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, Isoxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, [1,2,3]Oxadiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, Thieno[2,3-b]pyridine, Thiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine, Isothiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine, [1,2,3]Thiadiazolo[5,4-b]Pyridine, Thieno[3,2-b]Pyridine, Thiazolo[4,5-b]Pyridine, Isothiazolo[4,5-b]Pyridine, [1,2,3]Thiadiazolo[4,5-b]Pyridine, Thieno[2,3-c]Pyridine, Thiazolo[5,4-c]Pyridine, Isothiazolo[5,4-c]Pyridine, [1,2,3]Thiadiazolo[5,4-c]Pyridine, Thieno[3,2-c]Pyridine, Thiazolo[4,Includes [5-c]pyridine, isothiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, [1,2,3]thiadiazolo[4,5-c]pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, quinazololine, quinoxaline, phthalazine, naphthiridine (e.g., 1,8-naphthiridine, 1,7-naphthiridine, 1,6-naphthiridine, 1,5-naphthiridine, 2,7-naphthiridine, 2,6-naphthiridine), imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine, 1H-pyrazolo[3,4-d]thiazole, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]thiazole and imidazo[2,1-b]thiazole. In other cases, the polycyclic heteroaryl group may comprise a non-aromatic ring (e.g., cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl) fused to the heteroaryl ring, provided that the polycyclic heteroaryl group is bonded to the parent structure through atoms within the aromatic ring. For example, the 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazole-2-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through an aromatic carbon atom) is considered as a heteroaryl group, whereas the 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazole-5-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon atom) is not considered as a heteroaryl group. Examples of polycyclic heteroaryl groups consisting of a heteroaryl ring fused to a non-aromatic ring are described below. “Heterocycloalkyl” represents a non-aromatic, fully saturated ring having an indicated number of atoms (e.g., 3 to 10, or 3 to 7, uniheterocycloalkyl) composed of one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) and the remaining ring atom is carbon. The heterocycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic). Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include oxiranyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, and thiomophorinyl. Examples include thiomophorin S-oxide and thiomophorin S,S-dioxide. Additionally, one ring of the polycyclic heterocycloalkyl group may be aromatic (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl), but the polycyclic heterocycloalkyl group is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon or nitrogen atom. For example, the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-1-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic nitrogen atom) is considered as a heterocycloalkyl group, whereas the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-8-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure through an aromatic carbon atom) is not considered as a heterocycloalkyl group. Examples of polycyclic heterocycloalkyl groups consisting of heterocycloalkyl groups fused to an aromatic ring are described below. "Heterocycloalkenyl" represents a non-aromatic, fully saturated ring having at least one double bond derived from the removal of one hydrogen molecule from an adjacent carbon atom, an adjacent nitrogen atom, or an adjacent carbon and nitrogen atom of the corresponding heterocycloalkyl, composed of one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O and S (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms) and the remaining ring atom being carbon (e.g., 3 to 10, or 3 to 7, 1 heterocycloalkyl). The heterocycloalkenyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic). Examples of heterocycloalkenyl groups include dihydrofuranyl (e.g., 2,3-dihydrofuranyl, 2,5-dihydrofuranyl), dihydrothiophenyl (e.g., 2,3-dihydrothiophenyl, 2,5-dihydrothiophenyl), dihydropyrryl (e.g., 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrryl, 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrryl), dihydroimidazolyl (e.g., 2,3-dihydro-1H-imidazolyl, 4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazolyl), pyranyl, dihydropyranyl (e.g., 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyranyl), tetrahydropyridinyl (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridinyl, It includes 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl) and dihydropyridine (e.g., 1,2-dihydropyridine, 1,4-dihydropyridine). Additionally, one ring of the polycyclic heterocycloalkenyl group may be aromatic (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl), and the polycyclic heterocycloalkenyl group is bonded to the parent structure through a non-aromatic carbon or nitrogen atom.For example, the 1,2-dihydroquinoline-1-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure via a non-aromatic nitrogen atom) is considered as a heterocycloalkenyl group, whereas the 1,2-dihydroquinoline-8-yl group (where the moiety is bonded to the parent structure via an aromatic carbon atom) is not considered as a heterocycloalkenyl group. An example of a polycyclic heterocycloalkenyl group consisting of a heterocycloalkenyl group fused to an aromatic ring is described below. Examples of polycyclic rings comprising an aromatic ring (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl) fused to a non-aromatic ring (e.g., cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl) include indenyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indazolyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 1,3-dihydroisobenzofuranyl, 1,3-dihydrobenzo[c]isoxazolyl, 2,3-Dihydrobenzo[d]isoxazolyl, 2,3-Dihydrobenzo[d]oxazolyl, 2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b]thiophenyl, 1,3-Dihydrobenzo[c]thiophenyl, 1,3-Dihydrobenzo[c]isothiazolyl, 2,3-Dihydrobenzo[d]isothiazolyl, 2,3-Dihydrobenzo[d]thiazolyl, 5,6-Dihydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]thiazolyl, 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrobenzo[d]thiazolyl, 5,6-Dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[3,4-d]thiazolyl, 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothiazolo[5,4-c]pyridinyl, Indolin-2-one, Indolin-3-one, Isoindolin-1-one, 1,2-dihydroindazol l-3-one, 1H-benzo[d]imidazo l-2(3H)-one, benzofuran-2(3H)-one, benzofuran-3(2H)-one, isobenzofuran-1(3H)-one, benzo[c]isoxazole-3(1H)-one, benzo[d]isoxazole-3(2H)-one, benzo[d]oxazole-2(3H)-one, benzo[b]thiophene-2(3H)-one, benzo[b]thiophene-3(2H)-one, benzo[c]thiophene-1(3H)-one, benzo[c]isothiazole-3(1H)-one, benzo[d]isothiazole-3(2H)-one, Benzo[d]thiazole-2(3H)-one, 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[3,4-d]thiazole-6-one, 1,2-dihydropyrrolo[3,4-d]thiazole-3-one, quinoline-4(3H)-one, quinazoli-n-4(3H)-one, quinazoli-2,4(1H,3H)-dione, quinoxalin-2(1H)-one, quinoxalin-2,3(1H,4H)-dione,It includes cinnoline-n-4(3H)-one, pyridin-2(1H)-one, pyrimidin-2(1H)-one, pyrimidin-4(3H)-one, pyridazine-3(2H)-one, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridin-2(3H)-one, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-2(3H)-one, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-2(3H)-one, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2(3H)-one, 1,2-dihydropyrazole[3,4-d]thiazole-3-one and 4,5-dihydropyrazole[3,4-d]thiazole-6-one. Whether each of the rings discussed here is considered an aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkenyl group is determined by the atoms bonded to the parent structure in which the moiety is formed. The terms “heterocycle,” “heterocyclil,” or “heterocyclic” refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated 4-12 member ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, the heteroatom may be a connected carbon or nitrogen, the -CH2- group may optionally be replaced by -C(O)-, and the ring sulfur atom may optionally be oxidized to form a sulfinyl or sulfonyl group. The heterocycle may be aromatic (heteroaryl) or non-aromatic. Additionally, not all rings of a polycyclic heterocyclil group may be aromatic (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl). For example, the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-1-yl group and the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline-8-yl group are both considered as heterocyclil groups. “Heterocycle,” “heterocyclyl,” or “heterocyclic” also includes bicyclic, tricyclic, and tetracyclic groups, and any of the heterocyclic rings are fused to one or two rings independently selected from aryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycle. Exemplary heterocycles include acrridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, biotinyl, cinnolinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dithiazolyl, furyl, homopiperidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolillyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, isoxazolillyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolillyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, Includes pyrrolidine-2-onyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxaloyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomophorinyl, thiopyranyl, and triazolyl. "Halogen" or "halo" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. Unless otherwise indicated, the compounds disclosed and / or described herein include all possible enantiomer, diastereomer, intermediate isomer, and other stereoisomer forms, including their racemic mixtures, optically pure forms, and mixtures of intermediates. Enantiomer, diastereomer, intermediate isomer, and other stereoisomer forms may be prepared using chiral synthones or chiral reagents, or decomposed using conventional techniques. Unless otherwise specified, if the compounds disclosed and / or described herein contain olefin double bonds or other geometrically asymmetric centers, the compounds are intended to include both E and Z geometric isomers unless otherwise stated. If the compounds described herein contain tautogenic moiety, and unless otherwise specified, the compounds are intended to include all possible tautomers. In organic synthesis, a “protecting group” typically carries this related meaning; that is, it is a group that selectively blocks one or more reactive sites in a polyfunctional compound so that a chemical reaction can be selectively carried out at other unprotected reactive sites, and allows the group to be easily removed after the selective reaction is complete. Various protecting groups are, for example, TH Greene and PGM Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis This is disclosed in the Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999). For example, the “hydroxy-protected form” contains at least one hydroxyl group protected by a hydroxyl protecting group. Likewise, amines and other reactive groups may be similarly protected. The term “pharmaceuticalally acceptable salt” refers to a salt of any of the compounds herein that is known to be non-toxic and is commonly used in the pharmaceutical literature. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound retains the biological efficacy of the compound described herein and is not biologically or otherwise undesirable. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are Berge et al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharmaceutical Sciences This can be found in , January 1977, 66(1), 1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be formed from inorganic and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts may be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromide, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and phosphoric acid. Organic acids from which salts may be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvate, lactic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, stearic acid, and salicylic acid. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts may be formed from inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, and aluminum. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines; substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines; cylic amines; and basic ion exchange resins. Examples of organic bases include isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts are selected from ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. If the compound described herein is obtained as an acid addition salt, the free base can be obtained by basing the solution of the acid salt. Conversely, if the compound is a free base, the addition salt, particularly a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, can be prepared by dissolving the free base in a suitable organic solvent and treating the solution with acid according to the usual procedure for preparing acid addition salts from base compounds. (e.g., Berge et al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharmaceutical Sciences See , January 1977, 66(1), 1-19). Those skilled in the art will recognize various synthetic methodologies that can be used to produce pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts. "Solvents" are formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound. Suitable solvents include, for example, water and alcohols (e.g., ethanol). Solvents include hydrates having any ratio of compound to water, such as monohydrates, dihydrates, and hemihydrates. The term “substituted” means that a specified group or moiety has one or more substituents, including, but not limited to, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, cyano, azido, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, etc. The term “non-substituted” means that a specified group does not have substituents. When the term “substituted” is used to describe a structural system, substitution means that it occurs at the valence-allowed positions of the system. It is understood that when a group or moiety has one or more substituents, the substituents may be identical or different from each other. In some embodiments, the substituted group or moiety has 1 to 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the substituted group or moiety has 1 substituent. In some embodiments, the substituted group or moiety has 2 substituents. In some embodiments, the substituted group or moiety has 3 substituents. In some embodiments, the substituted group or moiety has 4 substituents. In some embodiments, the substituted group or moiety has 5 substituents. “Any” or “any” means that an event or situation described below may or may not occur, and the description includes cases where the event or situation occurs and cases where it does not occur. For example, “any substituted alkyl” includes both “alkyl” and “substituted alkyl” as defined herein. With respect to any group comprising one or more substituents, those skilled in the art will understand that such group is stereoimpractical and is not intended to introduce any substitution or substitution pattern that is synthetically impractical and / or inherently unstable. Furthermore, where a group or moiety is optionally substituted, it will be understood that the present disclosure includes both embodiments in which the group or moiety is substituted and embodiments in which the group or moiety is unsubstituted. The compounds disclosed and / or described herein are in concentrated isotopic forms, e.g., 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C and / or 14 The content of C may be concentrated. In one embodiment, the compound contains one or more deuterium atoms. Such deuterated forms may be produced, for example, by the procedures described in U.S. Patents Nos. 5,846,514 and 6,334,997. Such deuterated compounds may improve the efficacy and increase the duration of action of the compounds disclosed and / or described herein. Deuterium-substituted compounds may be synthesized using various methods such as those described below: Dean, D., Recent Advances in the Synthesis and Applications of Radiolabeled Compounds for Drug Discovery and Development, Curr. Pharm. Des. , 2000; 6(10); Kabalka, G. et al., The Synthesis of Radiolabeled Compounds via Organometallic Intermediates, Tetrahedron, 1989, 45(21), 6601-21; and Evans, E., Synthesis of radiolabeled compounds, J. Radioanal. Chem. , 1981, 64(1-2), 9-32. The terms “pharmaceuticalally acceptable carrier” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antimicrobial and antifungal agents, isotonic agents, absorption retardants, etc. The use of such media and materials for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Any conventional media or formulation is considered for use in pharmaceutical compositions, except where incompatible with the active ingredient. Additional active ingredients may also be included in pharmaceutical compositions. The terms “patient,” “individual,” and “subject” refer to animals such as mammals, birds, or fish. In some embodiments, the patient or subject is a mammal. Mammals include, for example, mice, rats, dogs, cats, pigs, sheep, horses, cattle, and humans. In some embodiments, the patient or subject is a person, for example, a person who has been or will be the subject of treatment, observation, or experiment. The compounds, compositions, and methods described herein may be useful for both human treatment and veterinary applications. As used herein, the term "therapeutic" refers to the ability to regulate cardiac myometrium. As used herein, "regulation" refers to a change in activity as a direct or indirect response to the presence of the chemical described herein compared to activity in the absence of the chemical. The change may be an increase or a decrease in activity, and may result from a direct interaction between the chemical and the target, or from an interaction between the chemical and one or more other factors that ultimately affect the target activity. For example, the presence of the chemical may increase or decrease target activity, for instance, by directly binding to the target, by causing other factors to increase or decrease target activity (directly or indirectly), or by increasing or decreasing the amount of the target present in the cell or organism (directly or indirectly). The terms “therapeutic effective dose” or “effective dose” refer to an amount of the compound disclosed and / or described herein that is sufficient to produce a therapeutic effect as defined herein when administered to a patient requiring such treatment. The therapeutic effective dose of the compound may be an amount sufficient to treat a disease responding to the control of cardiac muscle segments. The therapeutic effective dose varies, for example, depending on the subject being treated and the disease state, the subject’s body weight and age, the severity of the disease state, the specific compound, the dosage regimen to be followed, the timing of administration, and the method of administration, all of which can be readily determined by a person skilled in the art. The therapeutic effective dose may be verified experimentally, for example, by analyzing the blood concentration of the chemical or by theoretically calculating bioavailability. “Therapy” (and related terms such as “treat,” “treated,” and “treating”) includes one or more of the following: suppression of disease or disorder; slowing or inhibiting the development of clinical symptoms of disease or disorder; and / or alleviation of disease or disorder (i.e., alleviation of clinical symptoms or induction of regression). The term includes both the total and partial reduction of a condition or disorder and the total or partial reduction of clinical symptoms of disease or disorder. Accordingly, the compounds described and / or disclosed herein may prevent the exacerbation of an existing disease or disorder, help manage the disease or disorder, or reduce or eliminate the disease or disorder. "ATPase" refers to an enzyme that hydrolyzes ATP. ATPases include proteins containing molecular motors such as myosin. The terms “selective binding” or “selective binding” as used herein refer to preferential binding to a target protein in one type of muscle or muscle fiber as opposed to other types. For example, a compound selectively binds to fast skeletal troponin C, preferentially binding to troponin C in the troponin complex of fast skeletal muscle fibers or sarcomeres compared to troponin C in the troponin complex of slow muscle fibers or sarcomeres or troponin C in the troponin complex of cardiac sarcomeres. In this specification, embodiments described as "comprising" are understood to include embodiments that are "consisting of" and "essentially composed of". compound Compounds and their salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) are described in detail herein, including a brief summary and the appended claims. Also provided are the uses of all and all stereoisomers of the compounds described herein, including geometric isomers (cis / trans), E / Z isomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, and racemic mixtures, and mixtures thereof in any proportion including salts and solvates, as well as such compounds and methods for preparing such compounds. Any compounds described herein may also be referred to as drugs. In one aspect, a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (I) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A , R 2B , and R 3 is defined by any one of (i) - (iii): (i)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; or (ii)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; or (iii)R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, when one or more of items (a) - (c) are applied, then R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or a phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy, and: (a) R 2A and R 2B is as defined by (i) and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; (b) R 2A and R 3 is as defined by (ii) and R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl; (c) R 2A and R 2B is as defined by (iii) and R 3 is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some specific examples of Formula (I), R 4 and R 5 is independently H. In some specific embodiments of Equation (I), R 4 and R 5 At least one of them is not H. In some specific embodiments of Formula (I), R 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 4 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 4 is substituted with an alkoxyalkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 4 is methoxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 5 is a substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 5 is hydroxymethyl. In some specific examples of Formula (I), R 1 is unsubstituted pyridyl or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is phenyl or pyridinyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or two halos selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R1 is a pyridyl substituted with -CF3. In some embodiments of Formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more halos selected from the group consisting of F and Cl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more methyl groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more cyanos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) -CF3s. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one halo and one cyano. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one Cl and one F. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one halo and one -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with a diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (I), R 1 It is a phenyl substituted with a diazirinyl that is substituted with a trifluoromethyl. In some specific examples of Formula (I), R 2A and R 2B The carbon possessing the moiety is in the “S” stereochemical configuration. In some embodiments of Formula (I), R 2A and R 2B The carbon possessing the moiety is in the “R” stereochemical arrangement. For any of the embodiments of Formula (I) provided herein and its sub-formulas, the present disclosure comprises R where R 2A and R 2BThe carbon possessing the moiety is in an “S” stereochemical configuration, and in a specific example, here R 2A and R 2B It is understood that carbons possessing a moiety include specific examples of “R” stereochemical arrangements. It is understood that each variable described herein can be combined with other variables, as each and all combinations are specifically and individually listed. For example, each R in Equation (I) 1 is each R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 class It can be combined individually or as a whole. It is also understood that this applies to Equation (I) and each of the following subgroups: Equations (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2) ​​described herein. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ia) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ia) Here, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 4is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; where, R 3 When is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 4 and R 5 is independently H. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 4 and R 5 At least one of them is not H. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is an unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one or more halogen substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with two halogen substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with two F groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with two Cl groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one F and one Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one or more CN substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with two CN substituents. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one halo and one CN substituent. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one Cl and one CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one F and one CN. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 2A is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2A silver It is methyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 2B is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is selected from the group consisting of methyl, isopropyl, and propyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is hydroxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted alkoxyalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2Bis trifluoromethoxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is cyclobutanil. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 heterocyclyl, which contains one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) N or O cyclic atoms. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B is oxetanil. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2B It is 3-oxetanil. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is an unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, alkoxy, -CF3, alkyl, and diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is phenyl or pyridyl, and each of these is substituted with a substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is phenyl or pyridyl, and each of these is substituted with -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1It is a phenyl substituted with 4-CF3. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3 and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with two halo substituents. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3 and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one halo and one CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with two halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one halo and one CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 It is 2-Piridil and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with two halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 It is 2-Piridil and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one halo and one CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3 and R 3 is phenyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3, and R 2A is H, R 2B 3-Oxetanil, R 3 is a phenyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3, and R 2A is H, R 2B 3-Oxetanil, R 3 is a pyridyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 4is H, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3, and R 2A is H, R 2B isopropyl, R 3 is a phenyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ia), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3, and R 2A is H, R 2B isopropyl, R 3 is a pyridyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In some specific examples of formula (Ia): R 4 and R 5 are each independently H; R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with two halogen substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl; R 2A is H or methyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of methyl, isopropyl, propyl, hydroxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, cyclobutanil, and 3-oxetanil; and R 1 is phenyl or pyridyl, and each of these is substituted with -CF3. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ib) Here, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2Bis a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; where, R 2B When is 4-methoxyphenyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 4 and R 5 is independently H. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 4 and R 5 At least one of them is not H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2A is H. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ia), R 2A silver It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B It is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) independently selected from the group consisting of halos, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxys, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2BOne or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls ( for example It is a pyridyl substituted with , 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is a pyridyl substituted with one or more halos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) -CF3s. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) alkoxy groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more methoxy groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 10 It is an alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 3 is unsubstituted C1-C 10 It is an alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 3 is an unsubstituted C2-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 3 is an unsubstituted C3-C5 alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 3 is an unsubstituted C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 3 is an unsubstituted isopropyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is phenyl or pyridinyl, each of which is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl ( for example It is substituted with , 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or more halos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or more -CF3s (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) -CF3s. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more -CNs (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more methyl groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is a 2-pyridyl substituted with one or more halos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 It is a phenyl substituted with 4-Cl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halos and -CF3, and R 2A is H, R 2B pyridyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 3 is isopropyl, R 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halos, -CF3, -CN, and methyl, and R 2A is H, R 2B pyridyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 3 is isopropyl, R 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halos and -CF3, and R2A silver Methyl, R 2B pyridyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 3 is isopropyl, R 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In some embodiments of formula (Ib), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halos, -CF3, -CN, and methyl, and R 2A silver Methyl, R 2B pyridyl, R substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. 3 is isopropyl, R 4 is H, and R 5 is H. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ic) Here, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl and substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; R 3is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; where, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), R 4 and R 5 is independently H. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 4 and R 5 At least one of them is not H. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 4 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 4 is substituted with an alkoxyalkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 4 is methoxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 5 is a substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 5 is hydroxymethyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6 heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclobutanil. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrofuranyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidine-2-one-yl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminothionyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a phenyl halo substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G1 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a pyridyl heterocyclyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, CN, hydroxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, carboxyl, cycloalkyl, halo, and aminoacyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with an alkyl-substituted pyrazolylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a heterocyclyl substituted with an aminoacyl-substituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with methoxycarbonylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with methylaminoacylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1is substituted with an aminoacylheterocyclyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, and alkoxyalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine-one-ilhetrocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with an alkyl-substituted pyridine-one-ilhetrocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with an oxadiazolyl heterocyclyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl and phenyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with -C(O)H heterocyclil. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a pyridazinyl heterocyclyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, alkoxy, alkyl, and aminoacyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aminothionylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with an alkyl-substituted aminothionylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted acylheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is an acyl heterocyclil substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, alkyl, and heterocyclils (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with an acylheterocyclyl substituted with morpholinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylaminoheterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 It is substituted with an aminocarbonylamino heterocyclyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a thiazolyl substituted with an alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with an alkyl-substituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1is a cycloalkyl substituted with an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted oxadezaolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 One or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and alkyl ( for example It is a cycloalkyl substituted with an oxadizaolyl substituted with , 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl-substituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with an acyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with an aminocarbonylamino substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl alkoxy substituted with an alkyl-substituted carbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a cycloalkyl substituted with a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 It is a cycloalkyl substituted with hydroxyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkoxy, halo, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, phenylcarbonyl, and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 3 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cyano, and halo (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 3 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, cyano, and halo groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is phenyl or pyridinyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) -CF3s. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more methyl groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) diazirinyl groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with trifluoromethyldiazirinyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with Cl, and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with F, and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CF3 and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with trifluoromethyldiazirinyl, and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Id), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Id) Here, R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2Bis selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; n is 0, 1, or 2; each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of halo and cyano; and R 4 is H. In some specific examples of formula (Id), R 2A is H. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A silver It is methyl. In some specific examples of formula (Id), R 2B is H. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is selected from the group consisting of methyl, isopropyl, and propyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is hydroxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a substituted alkoxyalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is trifluoromethoxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2Bis a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is cyclobutanil. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 heterocyclyl, which contains one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) S, N, or O atoms. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B is oxetanil. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2B It is 3-oxetanil. In some embodiments of Equation (Id), n is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Id), n is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Id), n is 2. In some embodiments of Equation (Id), each R 3a is a halo, e.g., Cl or F. In some embodiments of formula (Id), each R 3a is cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2, and one R 3a is a halo and one R 3a is cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and both are R 3a is a halo. In some specific embodiments of Equation (Id), n is 2 and both are R 3a is cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a are 2-F and 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a are 2-Cl and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-F and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3ais 2-F and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-Cl and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-CN and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-CN and 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Id), n is 2 and R 3a It is 2-CN and 4-CN. In some specific examples of formula (Id), R 2A is H, R 2B is trifluoromethoxymethyl, n is 1, and R 3a is a cyano or halo. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is H, R 2B is 3-oxetanyl, n is 1, and R 3a is a cyano or halo. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is H, R 2B is cyclobutanil, n is 1, and R 3a is a cyano or halo. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is H, R 2B is trifluoromethoxymethyl, n is 2, and each R 3a is independently cyano or halo. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is H, R 2B is 3-oxetanyl, n is 2, and each R 3a is independently cyano or halo. In some embodiments of formula (Id), R 2A is H, R 2B is cyclobutanil, n is 2, and each R 3a It is independently cyano or halo. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ie) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ie) Here, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 4 is H and; here, R 2B When is 4-methoxyphenyl, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2A is H. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2A silver It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B It is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) independently selected from the group consisting of halos, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxys, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is a pyridyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2Bis a pyridyl substituted with one or more halos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) -CF3s. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) alkoxy groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is a phenyl substituted with one or more methoxy groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is an unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is phenyl or pyridinyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or more halos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is a pyridyl substituted with one or more -CF3s (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) -CF3s. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more CNs (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more methyl groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is 2-pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is a 2-pyridyl substituted with one or more halos (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) halos. In some embodiments of formula (Ie), R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl and R 1 It is a phenyl substituted with 4-Cl. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (If), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (If) Here, G 1is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; and each R 2a is independently selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; and R 4 is H and; here, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1a is not methyl or methoxy. G 1 The ring is understood to be a ring containing carbon atoms shared with the piperazine dione ring. In some specific examples of the formula (If), G 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6 heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclobutanil. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrofuranyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ic), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolidine-2-one-yl. In some specific examples of the formula (If), G 1 is one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) of R 2a It is a heterocyclile substituted with . Each R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminothionyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2ais a pyridyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, CN, hydroxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, alkoxy, carboxyl, cycloalkyl, halo, and aminoacyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted pyrazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a thiazolyl substituted with an aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is methoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a methylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl, cycloalkyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, and alkoxyalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine-one-yl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted pyridin-one-yl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2ais an oxadiazolyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl and phenyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is -C(O)H. In some specific examples of Equation (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a pyridazinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, alkoxy, alkyl, and aminoacyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminothionyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted aminothionyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an acyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, alkyl, and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an acyl substituted with morpholinyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an aminocarbonylamino substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific examples of the formula (If), G 1is one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) of R 2a It is a cycloalkyl substituted with . In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an oxadiazolyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an acyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2ais an aminocarbonylamino substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 2a is hydroxyl. In some specific examples of the formula (If), R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkoxy, halo, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, phenylcarbonyl, and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 3 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cyano, and halo (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (If), R 3 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, cyano, and halo groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some specific examples of the formula (If), R 1 ais selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 1a is a halo. In some specific examples of the formula (If), R 1 a is -CF3. In some specific examples of Equation (If), R 1a silver It is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 1a is diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 1a is trifluoromethyldiazirinyl. In some specific examples of the formula (If), R 1a is Cl and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 1a is F and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 1a is -CF3 and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of formula (If), R 1a is trifluoromethyldiazirinyl and R 3 is substituted with 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments of Equation (I), Equation (Ic), and Equation (If), G 1 is selected from the group consisting of the following: , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , and , Here, * indicates an attachment point to the parent structure, R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments of Equation (I), Equation (Ic), and Equation (If), G 1 is one or more R's (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) independently selected from the group consisting of the following. 2a Replaced with: , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , and , Here, n is 0-3 and each X is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, cyano, hydroxyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxyl, aminoacyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, aminothionyl, and heterocyclyl. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ig), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ig) Here, R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, or 3; each R 3ais independently selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, halo, nitro, and cyano; and R 4 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ig), R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 1a is a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 1a is -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 1a silver It is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 1a is diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 1a is trifluoromethyldiazirinyl. In some embodiments of Equation (Ig), n is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ig), n is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Ig), n is 2. In some embodiments of Equation (Ig), each R 3a is a halo, e.g., Cl or F. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), each R 3a is cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2, and one R 3a is a halo and one R 3a is cyano. In some specific embodiments of formula (If), n is 2 and both are R 3a is a halo. In some specific examples of equation (If), n is 2 and both are R 3a is cyano. In some specific embodiments of formula (If), n is 2 and R 3a are 2-F and 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a are 2-Cl and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3ais 2-F and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 4-F and 3-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-F and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-Cl and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-CN and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-CN and 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 2-CN and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 3a is nitro. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 1 and R 3a is 4-nitro. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 1 and R 3a is 4-Cl or 3-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 1 and R 3a is 4-F or 3-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 1 and R 3a is 4-CN or 3-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 3a is difluoromethoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 3a is propphenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 3a silver It is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 3-methyl and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R 3a is 3-methyl and 4-CN. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), n is 2 and R3a is 3-F and 4-difluoromethoxy. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an oxadiazolyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an acyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an aryl substituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an acyl substituted with phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an acyl substituted with an alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a pyridyl substituted with CN or a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2ais an aminocarbonylamino substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a halo-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a hydroxyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ig), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted aminosulfonyl. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ih), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ih) Here, R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 3is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; and R 4 is H and; here, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1a is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific examples of formula (Ih), R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 1a is a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 1a is -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 1a silver It is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 1a is diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 1a is trifluoromethyldiazirinyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heterocyclyl, and cycloalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2ais an oxadiazolyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an acyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an acyl substituted with an aryl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an acyl substituted with phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an acyl substituted with an alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a pyridyl substituted with CN or a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an aminocarbonylamino substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxydiacarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a halo-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a hydroxyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2ais a substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted aminosulfonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted oxazolyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ih), R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkoxy, halo, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, phenylcarbonyl, and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments, R 3 is a phenyl substituted with CN and F. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 3 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, cyano, and halo groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments, R 3 is isopropyl. In another aspect, a compound of formula (Ii), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided: (Ii) Here, R 1ais selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; R 2a is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R 4 is H and; R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and X and Y are independently -CH2- or -C(O)-; where, R 3 When is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl, R 1a is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific examples of formula (Ii), R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted diazirinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 1a is a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 1a is -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 1a silver It is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 1a is Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ih), R 1a is trifluoromethyldiazirinyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2ais a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a pyridyl substituted with an alkyl, CN, or halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a pyridazinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, alkoxy, alkyl, and aminoacyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted pyrazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an oxadiazolyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an acyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an acyl substituted with an aryl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R2a is an acyl substituted with phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an acyl substituted with an alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an aminocarbonylamino substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxydiacarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a halo-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a hydroxyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted aminosulfonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted thiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 2a is an alkyl-substituted oxazolyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ii), R 3is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of nitro, alkoxy, halo, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, phenylcarbonyl, and alkyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with CN and F. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with CN or Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is a cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cyano, and halo (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is alkyl-substituted cyclopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is an alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, cyano, and halo groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is isopropyl, methyl, or ethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 3 is furanil. In some specific examples of formula (Ii), R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 5 is a substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R5 is hydroxymethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ii), R 5 is H. In some embodiments of Formula (Ii), X and Y are independently -CH2- or -C(O)-. In some embodiments of Formula (Ii), X and Y are both -CH2-. In some embodiments of Formula (Ii), X is -CH2- and Y is -C(O)-. In some embodiments of Formula (Ii), Y is -CH2- and X is -C(O)-. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ij), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ij) Here, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; and each R 2b is an independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 4 is H and; R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; n is 0, 1, or 2; and q is 0 or 1; where, R 3 When is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, then R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy. In some specific examples of formula (Ij), R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halos, unsubstituted alkyls, and alkyls substituted with one or more halos groups (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1is a phenyl substituted with F or Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with an unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with an alkyl group substituted with one or more halog groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with -CHF2 or -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with 4-CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with two or more groups selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, and -CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with two F groups. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with F and Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with F and methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with F and -CF3. In some embodiments of Equation (Ij), n is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments of Equation (Ij), n is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ij), n is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Ij), n is 1, and R 2b is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), n is 1, and R 2b is an unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), n is 1, and R 2b It is methyl. In some specific examples of formula (Ij), R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo and cyano (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with F, Cl, or Br. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a cyano-substituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with two or more groups selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with F and Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a phenyl substituted with F and Br. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), embodiment, R 3 is a phenyl substituted with F and cyano. In some specific examples of formula (Ij), R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halos, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyls, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxys (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with F or Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with an unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a methyl-substituted pyridinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3is a pyridinyl substituted with an unsubstituted alkenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with -CH=CH2. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with an alkoxy optionally substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with a methoxy or -OCHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with two or more groups selected from the group consisting of halos, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyls, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxys. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with F and Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with Cl and methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with F and methoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with F and -OCHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with F and -CH=CH2. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine-2-yl. In some specific examples of formula (Ij), R 5 is H. In some specific examples of formula (Ij), R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ij), R 5 It is methyl. In some embodiments of Equation (Ij), q is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ij), q is 1. In some specific examples of formula (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, and n is 0, R3 is a pyridinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CH=CH2, methoxy, and -OCHF2, and R 5 is H, and q is 0. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, and n is 0, R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and cyano, and R 5 is H, and q is 0. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, n is 1, and R 2b methyl, R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CH=CH2, methoxy, and -OCHF2, and R 5 is H, and q is 0. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, n is 1, and R 2b methyl, R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and cyano, and R 5 is H, and q is 0. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, and n is 0, R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CH=CH2, methoxy, and -OCHF2, and R5 is H, and q is 1. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, and n is 0, R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and cyano, and R 5 is H, and q is 1. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, n is 1, and R 2b methyl, R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CH=CH2, methoxy, and -OCHF2, and R 5 is H, and q is 1. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij), R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CHF2, and -CF3, n is 1, and R 2b methyl, R 3 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and cyano, and R 5 is H, and q is 1. In some specific examples of Equation (Ij): R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one substituent selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, ethyl, -CHF2, or -CF3; n is 0 or n is 1, and R 2b methyl; R 3 is a pyridinyl substituted with two substituents selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, methyl, -CH=CH2, methoxy, and -OCHF2; R 5 is H; and q is 0 or 1. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ik-1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ik-1) Here, R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; p is 0, 1, or 2; each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy; and R 4 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is a substituted or unsubstituted methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A silver It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is isopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a halo-substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2Bis an alkyl group substituted with -OH. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CH(OH)CH3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CH2OH. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CH2CH2SCH3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CH2CH2S(O)2CH3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CH2N(H)C(O)CH3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is -CH2CH2C(O)NH2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is an alkyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a C1-C2 alkyl substituted with a heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B silver It is a methyl substituted with oxetanyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B silver It is a methyl substituted with azetidinyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is unsubstituted cyclobutyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is hydroxyl-substituted cyclobutyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is cyclobutyl substituted with methoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a polycyclic cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2Bis substituted or unsubstituted bicyclo[1.1.1]fentanyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B Bicyclo[1.1.1]fentanyl is substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, and hydroxymethyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered It is a heterocyclil. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered It is a heterocyclil, which contains one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) N, O, or S atoms. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing one N atom. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is 3-azetidinyl substituted with aminoacyl or acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing one O atom. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is unsubstituted 3-oxetanyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is 3-oxetanyl substituted with methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2Bis an unsubstituted tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl containing one S atom. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted 4-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranill. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A and R 2B Both are methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A Silver, methyl, and R 2B is a substituted methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A Silver, methyl, and R 2B is -CH2OH. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A Silver, methyl, and R 2B is -CH2N(H)C(O)CH3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A Silver, methyl, and R 2B It is -CHF2. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), m is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), m is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), m is 2. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is located at the 4-position of the phenyl moiety. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is a halo. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1ais a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-ethyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 2, and two R 1a The group is located on the 3-position and 4-position of the phenyl moiety. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 2, and R 1a are 3-F and 4-F. In some embodiments of Formula (Ik-1), m is 2 and R 1a is 3-F and 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 2 and R 1a is 3-F and 4-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 2 and R 1a is 3-F and 4-CF3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 2 and R 1a is 3-Cl and 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), m is 2 and R 1a is 3-methyl and 4-F. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), p is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), p is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), p is 2. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 alkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2, and each R 3ais independently F, Cl, Br, cyano, methyl, -CH=CH2, -OCH3, or -OCHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2, and at least one R 3a is F. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-1), p is 2, and at least one R 3a is 3-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and one R 3a is 3-F and one R 3a is located at the 5-position of the pyridinyl moiety and is selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl, unsubstituted C2-C3 alkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2, and R 3a is 3-F and 5-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-Br. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-ethenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-methoxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-OCH3. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-OCHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a It is 3-methyl and 5-Cl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is isopropyl, m is 1, and R 1ais selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is 3-oxetanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A silver Methyl, R 2B silver Methyl, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is isopropyl, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is 3-oxetanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A silver Methyl, R 2B silver Methyl, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 2, and each R3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is isopropyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is 3-oxetanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A silver Methyl, R 2B silver Methyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is isopropyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A is H, R 2B is 3-oxetanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 2, and each R3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), R 2A silver Methyl, R 2B silver Methyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano. In some specific examples of formula (Ik-1): R 2A is H or methyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of isopropyl, -CHF2, -CH(OH)CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2SCH3, -CH2CH2S(O)2CH3, -CH2N(H)C(O)CH3, -CH2CH2C(O)NH2, methyl-substituted oxetanyl or azetidinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, 3-azetidinyl-substituted or acyl, 3-oxetanyl, methyl-substituted with 3-oxetanyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, and 4-tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl; m is 1; and R 1a is 4-F, 4-Cl, 4-methyl, 4-CHF2, and 4-CF3; p is 2; and two R 3a The group is selected from the group consisting of 3-F and 5-Cl, 3-F and 5-Br, 3-F and 5-cyano, 3-F and 5-methyl, 3-F and 5-ethenyl, 3-F and 5-methoxy, 3-F and 5-OCH3, 3-F and 5-OCHF2, and 3-methyl and 5-Cl. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Ik-2) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Ik-2) Here, G 1is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl; and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; and each R 2a is independently selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, substituted or unsubstituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminothionyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, and substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 4 is H and; R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; n is 0, 1, or 2; and p is 0, 1, or 2. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclobutanil. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which contains one or more (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4) N or O atoms. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which contains one N atom. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted azetidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G1 is a substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which contains one O atom. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted tetrahydrofuranyl. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), m is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is located at the 4-position of the phenyl moiety. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is a C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CF3. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), n is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), n is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), n is 2. In some specific embodiments of Formula (Ik-2), each R 2ais independently selected from the group consisting of a halo, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, a substituted or unsubstituted acyl, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and a hydroxy. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a halo, e.g., a fluoro. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, and substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with a methoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted amino-substituted phenyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with methylamino. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with methylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a phenyl substituted with two substituents selected from the group consisting of methoxycarbonyl, methylamino, and methylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2ais a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an unsubstituted oxadiazolyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an oxadiazolyl substituted with a cycloalkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an oxadiazolyl substituted with cyclopropyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an unsubstituted pyridinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a halo, e.g., a pyridinyl substituted with F. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a cyano-substituted pyridinyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridine-2-yl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is methoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an ethoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an aminoacyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C3 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyls (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2ais an amino substituted with an acyl C1-C3 alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is methylaminoacyl, ethylaminoacyl, or isopropylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a dimethylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a cyclopropylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a tetrahydropyranylaminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an acyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyls and substituted or unsubstituted aryls (e.g., 1 or 2 or 3 or 1-4 or 1-3 or 2-4). In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a methyl-substituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an acyl substituted with phenyl, where phenyl is optionally substituted with an amino. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is substituted with a C1-C3 alkyl halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is an ethyl substituted with two fluoro groups, e.g., -CH2CHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 2a is a hydroxyl. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), p is 0. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), p is 1. In some embodiments of Equation (Ik-2), p is 1 and R 3a is a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 1 and R3a is 5-Cl. In some embodiments of Formula (Ik-2), p is 2. In some embodiments of Formula (Ik-2), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently a halo, cyano, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently F, Cl, Br, cyano, or methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2, and at least one R 3a is F or methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2 and at least one R 3a is 3-F or 3-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2 and R is 1 3a is located at the 3-position of the pyridinyl moiety and is selected from the group consisting of F and methyl, and one R 3a is located at the 5-position of the pyridinyl moiety and is selected from the group consisting of halos, cyanos, and unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2, and R 3a is 3-F and 5-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-Br. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-1), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-F and 5-cyano. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2 and R 3a is 3-methyl and 5-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), p is 2 and R 3a It is 3-methyl and 5-cyano. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), R 5 It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 1, and R 1ais selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 1, and R 1ais selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 1, and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 2, and each R 1ais independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 1, and R 3a is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 It is methyl. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 2, and each R1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is cyclobutanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is azetidinyl, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 is methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Ik-2), G 1 is oxetanil, m is 2, and each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and -CF3, n is 0, p is 2, and each R 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, and cyano, and R 5 It is methyl. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Il), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Il) Here, R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2bis selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, and hydroxy; m is 0, 1, or 2; p is 0, 1, or 2; each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; and each R 3a is independently halo; and R 4 is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Il), R 2A is H. In some specific embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, and hydroxy. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminoacyl, and hydroxy. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is selected from the group consisting of substituted C1-C3 alkyl, unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted aminoacyl, and hydroxy. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is a hydroxyl group substituted with a C1-C3 alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is -CH2OH. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is a methoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is ethoxycarbonyl. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b is an unsubstituted aminoacyl. In some embodiments of formula (Il), R 2b It is a hydroxyl group. In some specific embodiments of Equation (Il), m is 1 and R 1ais selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Il), m is 1 and R 1a is located at the 4-position of the phenyl moiety. In some embodiments of formula (Il), m is 1, and R 1a is 4-F. In some embodiments of Formula (Il), m is 1, and R 1a is 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Il), m is 1 and R 1a is optionally substituted with a C1-C3 alkyl halo. In some embodiments of formula (Il), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Il), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Il), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CF3. In some specific embodiments of formula (Il), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Il), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently F or Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Il), p is 2 and one R 3a is a 3-halo and one R 3a is a 5-halo. In some embodiments of formula (Il), p is 2, and R 3a It is 3-F and 5-Cl. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is the compound of formula (Im), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (Im) Here, Q is -O- or -N(R 2b )-; R 2b is selected from the group consisting of H and substituted or unsubstituted acyl; m is 0, 1, or 2; p is 0, 1, or 2; each R 1a is independently selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls; and each R 3ais independently halo; and R 4 is H. In some embodiments of Equation (Im), Q is -O-. In some embodiments of Equation (Im), Q is -N(R 2b )-am. In some specific examples of formula (Im), R 2b is a substituted or unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Im), R 2b is an unsubstituted acyl. In some embodiments of formula (Im), R 2b is an acyl substituted with an alkyl group. In some embodiments of formula (Im), R 2b It is an acyl substituted with methyl. In some specific embodiments of Equation (Im), m is 1 and R 1a is selected from the group consisting of halos and substituted or unsubstituted alkyls. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1, and R 1a is located at the 4-position of the phenyl moiety. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1, and R 1a is 4-F. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1 and R 1a is a C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-methyl. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CHF2. In some embodiments of formula (Im), m is 1 and R 1a is 4-CF3. In some specific embodiments of Equation (Im), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently a halo. In some embodiments of formula (Im), p is 2, and each R 3a is independently F or Cl. In some embodiments of formula (Im), p is 2 and one R 3a is a 3-halo and one R 3ais a 5-halo. In some embodiments of formula (Im), p is 2 and R 3a It is 3-F and 5-Cl. In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (In-1) or formula (In-2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: (In-1) (In-2) Here: R 1 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; R 2A , R 2B , and R 3 is defined by any one of (i) - (iii): (i)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is selected from the group consisting of H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; or (ii)R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R 2B is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl; and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; or (iii)R 2A and R 2BThey combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl ring, each of which is optionally fused to a phenyl ring; and R 3 is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R 4 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and R 5 is H or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; Here, when one or more of items (a) - (c) are applied, then R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl or a phenyl substituted with at least one substituent that is not methyl or methoxy, and: (a) R 2A and R 2B is as defined by (i) and R 3 is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl; (b) R 2A and R 3 is as defined by (ii) and R 2B is 4-methoxyphenyl; (c) R 2A , and R 2B is as defined by (iii) and R 3 is 4-methoxyphenylmethyl. In some embodiments, the compounds and salts thereof described in Table 1 are provided herein. In some variations, any of the compounds described herein, such as compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or variations thereof, or compounds of Table 1, may be deuterated (e.g., hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium atoms). In some of these variations, the compound is deuterated at a single site. In other variations, the compound is deuterated at multiple sites. Deuterated compounds may be prepared from deuterated starting materials in a manner similar to the preparation of corresponding non-deuterated compounds. Hydrogen atoms may also be replaced by deuterium atoms using other methods known in the art. Any formula given herein, such as (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), is intended to represent a compound having a structure depicted in a specific variant or form. In particular, a compound of any formula given herein may have an asymmetric center and thus may exist in different enantiomer or diastereomer forms. All optical isomers and stereoisomers of the compound of the general formula, and any proportion of mixtures thereof, are considered within the scope of the formula. Accordingly, any formula given herein is intended to represent a racemate, one or more enantiomer forms, one or more diastereomer forms, one or more atropeomer forms, and any proportion of mixtures thereof. Where a compound in Table 1 is depicted in a specific stereochemical arrangement, any alternative stereochemical arrangement of said compound, as well as mixtures of stereoisomers of said compound in any ratio, are also provided herein. For example, if a compound in Table 1 has a stereocenter in the "S" stereochemical arrangement, the enantiomer of a compound in which the stereocenter is in the "R" stereochemical arrangement is also provided herein. Likewise, if a compound in Table 1 has a stereocenter in the "R" stereochemical arrangement, the enantiomer of a compound in the "S" stereochemical arrangement is also provided herein. Additionally, mixtures of compounds having both "S" and "R" stereochemical arrangements are provided. Furthermore, if a compound in Table 1 has two or more stereocenters, enantiomers or diastereomers of said compound are also provided herein.For example, stereoisomers of compounds having a first stereocenter and a second stereocenter having "S" and "S" stereochemical arrangements, respectively, "S" and "R" stereochemical arrangements, respectively, and "R" and "S" stereochemical arrangements, respectively, are also provided herein. Stereoisomers of compounds having a first stereocenter and a second stereocenter having "R" and "R" stereochemical arrangements, respectively, and "R" and "S" stereochemical arrangements, respectively, are also provided herein. Where the compounds of Table 1 contain "S" and "R" stereochemical configurations, respectively, stereoisomers of compounds having a first stereocenter and a second stereocenter having "R" and "S" stereochemical configurations, respectively, "R" and "R" stereochemical configurations, respectively, and "S" and "S" stereochemical configurations, respectively, are also provided herein. Similarly, where the compounds of Table 1 contain "R" and "S" stereochemical configurations, respectively, stereoisomers of compounds having a first stereocenter and a second stereocenter having "S" and "R" stereochemical configurations, respectively, "R" and "R" stereochemical configurations, respectively, and "S" and "S" stereochemical configurations, respectively, are also provided herein. Additionally, certain structures are geometric isomers (i.e., cis and trans It may exist as an isomer), a tautomer, or a rotationally hindered isomer. Additionally, any formula given herein is intended to refer to any one of the hydrate, solvate, amorphous and polymorphic forms of these compounds, and mixtures thereof, even if such forms are not explicitly listed. In some embodiments, the solvent is water and the solvate is the hydrate. Representative examples of the compounds described in detail herein, including intermediates and final compounds, are depicted in the table and elsewhere in this application. In one aspect, it is understood that any compound, including an intermediate compound that can be isolated and administered to an individual or subject where applicable, may be used in the method described in detail herein. The compounds described herein may exist as salts even where salts are not described, and the compositions and methods provided herein are understood to include all salts and solvates of the compounds described herein, as well as non-salt and non-solvate forms of the compounds as well understood by those skilled in the art. In some embodiments, the salts of the compounds provided herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts. In one variation, the compound of the present invention is a synthetic compound prepared for administration to an individual or subject. In another variation, a composition containing the compound in a substantially pure form is provided. In yet another variation, a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound described in detail herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is provided. In yet another variation, a method of administering the compound is provided. The purified form, the pharmaceutical composition, and the method of administering the compound are suitable for any of the compounds or forms thereof described in detail herein. G provided here 1 , R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 Any variation or embodiment of G, as each combination is described individually and specifically. 1 , R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 It can be combined with all other variations or embodiments of. G provided here 1 , R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 1a , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a Any variation or embodiment of , m, n, p, q, X, and Q is G as each combination is described individually and specifically. 1 , R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 1a , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a It can be combined with all other variations or embodiments of , m, n, p, q, X, and Q. As used here, when any variable occurs one or more times in a chemical formula, the definition for each occurrence is independent of the definition in all other occurrences. Formula (I) includes all its sub-formulas. For example, Formula (I) includes compounds of Formulas (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2). The specific compound names provided herein, including Table 1, are provided by ChemBioDraw Professional 15.0.0.106. Those skilled in the art will understand that compounds may be named or identified using various commonly recognized nomenclature systems and symbols. For example, compounds may be named or identified by generic, systematic, or non-systematic names. Nomenclature systems and symbols commonly recognized in the field of chemistry include the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS), ChemBioDraw Ultra, and the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC). composition Additionally, compositions such as pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed and / or described herein and one or more additional agents, pharmaceutical materials, adjuvants, carriers, excipients, etc. Suitable agents and pharmaceutical materials include those described herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or adjuvants and one or more chemicals as described herein. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, sodium croscarmellose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, and magnesium carbonate. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition is provided containing a composition, such as one or more compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable composition is provided comprising a compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some aspects, the composition may contain a synthetic intermediate that can be used in the preparation of the compound described herein. The composition described herein may contain any other suitable active or inactive material. Any composition described herein may be sterile or contain sterile components. Sterilization may be achieved by methods known in the art. Any composition described herein may contain one or more substantially pure compounds or conjugates. Additionally, a packaged pharmaceutical composition is provided, comprising a pharmaceutical composition as described herein and instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from the disease or pathological condition described herein. How to use The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used to treat or prevent diseases or pathological conditions in individuals or subjects. When used in a preventive manner, the compounds disclosed and / or described herein may prevent the onset of a disease or disorder, or reduce the severity of a disease or disorder that may develop in an individual or subject at risk of developing the disease or disorder. Without being bound by theory, the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are believed to act by inhibiting myosin. This inhibition reduces the number of independent myosin heads interacting with actin filaments, which potentially reduces contractility. Reducing contraction of the heart muscle may be important for the treatment of heart disease in which hypercontraction is a problem. In some embodiments, a method for treating or preventing heart disease in an individual or subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compounds of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a method for treating or preventing heart disease in a subject in need is provided, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one chemical substance as described herein to the subject. In some embodiments, a method for treating heart disease in a subject in need is provided, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one chemical substance as described herein to the subject. In some embodiments, a method for treating established or diagnosed heart disease in a subject in need is provided, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one chemical substance as described herein to the subject. In some embodiments, a method for preventing heart disease in a subject in need is provided, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one chemical substance as described herein to the subject. In addition, the use of compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the manufacture of agents for the treatment of heart disease in subjects is provided herein. In some aspects, compounds or compositions as described herein are provided for use in methods of treating the human or animal body by treatment. In some embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in a method of treating a human or animal body by treatment. In some embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment or prevention of heart disease. In some embodiments, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, are provided herein for use in the treatment of heart disease. In some embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of established or diagnosed heart disease.In other embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the prevention of heart disease. In some embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with HCM. In some embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with secondary left ventricular wall thickening. In some embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the relief of symptoms associated with heart disease. In other embodiments, compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in reducing the risk of symptoms associated with heart disease.In other embodiments, compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with small left ventricular cavity, cavity extinction, hyperdynamic left ventricular contraction, left ventricular blockade, cardiac hypertrophy, small cardiac output, left ventricular diastolic dysfunction, high left ventricular filling pressure, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis. In particular embodiments, compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with small left ventricular cavity and cavity extinction, hyperdynamic left ventricular contraction, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis. In some embodiments, compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of muscular dystrophy. In some embodiments, compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in the treatment of glycogen storage disorders.In other embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in cardiac myosin enhancement, e.g., in cardiac myosin inhibition. Still in other embodiments, compounds of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are provided herein for use in cardiac myosin enhancement. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the subject is a mouse, rat, dog, cat, pig, sheep, horse, cattle, or human. In some embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments, the subject has established or diagnosed heart disease. In some embodiments, the subject has established or diagnosed hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM). In some embodiments, the subject is at risk of developing heart disease. In some embodiments, the subject has a mutation that increases the risk of heart disease. In some embodiments, the subject has a mutation that increases the risk of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM). In some embodiments, the mutation is a sarcomere mutation. In some embodiments, the mutation is a mutation in myosin heavy chain β (MHC-β), cardiac muscle troponin T (cTnT), tropomyosin alpha-1 chain (TPM1), myosin-binding protein C cardiac type (MYBPC3), cardiac troponin I (cTnI), myosin essential light chain (ELC), titin (TTN), myosin regulatory light chain 2 ventricular / cardiac muscle isoform (MLC-2), cardiac muscle alpha-actin, muscle LIM protein (MLP), or protein kinase AMP-activated non-catalytic subunit gamma 2 (PRKAG2). In some embodiments, the mutation is an MHC-β mutation. In some embodiments, the subject has established or diagnosed hypertrophic cardiomyopathy without an identified genetic etiology. In some embodiments, the subject has a high risk of progressive symptoms. In some embodiments, the subject has a high risk of atrial fibrillation, ventricular tachycardia, stroke, and / or sudden death. In some embodiments, the subject has reduced exercise capacity. In some embodiments, reduced exercise capacity is compared to an age-matched control group. In some embodiments, the subject is eligible for surgical intervention or percutaneous ablation to treat heart disease. In some embodiments, the heart disease is hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM). In some embodiments, the heart disease is obstructive HCM. In some embodiments, the heart disease is non-obstructive HCM. In some embodiments, the HCM is associated with a myofascial mutation. In some embodiments, the HCM is associated with a non-myofascial mutation. In some embodiments, the heart disease is obstructive or non-obstructive HCM caused by myofascial and / or non-myofascial mutations. In some embodiments, the sarcomere mutation is a mutation in myosin heavy chain β (MHC-β), cardiac muscle troponin T (cTnT), tropomyosin alpha-1 chain (TPM1), myosin-binding protein C cardiac form (MYBPC3), cardiac troponin I (cTnI), myosin essential light chain (ELC), titin (TTN), myosin regulatory light chain 2 ventricular / cardiac muscle isoform (MLC-2), cardiac muscle alpha-actin, and muscle LIM protein (MLP). In some embodiments, the sarcomere mutation is a mutation in MHC-β. In some embodiments, the non-sarcomere mutation is a mutation in the protein kinase AMP-activated non-catalytic subunit gamma 2 (PRKAG2). In some embodiments, a method for treating a disease or condition associated with HCM is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or condition is Fabry disease, Danone's disease, mitochondrial cardiomyopathy, or Noonan syndrome. In addition, the use of compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the manufacture of drugs for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with HCM is provided herein. In some embodiments, the heart disease is heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF). In some embodiments, the heart disease is diastolic dysfunction. In some embodiments, the heart disease is cardiomyopathy. In some embodiments, the heart disease is primary or secondary restrictive cardiomyopathy. In some embodiments, the heart disease is a condition or symptom caused by coronary artery disease. In some embodiments, the heart disease is myocardial infarction or angina pectoris. In some embodiments, the heart disease is left ventricular outflow duct disorder. In some embodiments, the heart disease is hypertensive heart disease. In some embodiments, the heart disease is congenital heart disease. In some embodiments, the heart disease is cardiac ischemia and / or coronary heart disease. In some embodiments, the heart disease is diabetic heart disease. In other embodiments, the heart disease is congestive heart failure. In some embodiments, the heart disease is right-sided heart failure. In other embodiments, the heart disease is cardiorenal syndrome. In some embodiments, the heart disease is infiltrative cardiomyopathy. In some embodiments, the heart disease is cardiac aging or diastolic dysfunction due to aging, or a pathological condition related thereto. In some embodiments, the heart disease is left ventricular hypertrophy and / or concentric left ventricular remodeling, or a pathological condition related thereto. In some embodiments, a method for treating a disease or condition associated with secondary left ventricular wall thickening in an individual or subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease is hypertension, valvular heart disease (aortic stenosis, mitral valve insufficiency), metabolic syndrome (diabetes mellitus, obesity), end-stage renal disease, scleroderma, sleep apnea, amyloidosis, Fabry disease, Friedreich's ataxia, Danon's disease, Noonan syndrome, or Pompe disease. In addition, the use of compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the manufacture of agents for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with secondary left ventricular wall thickening is provided herein. In some embodiments, a method for alleviating symptoms associated with heart disease in a subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a compound of formulas (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the symptoms are reduced or decreased cardiac elasticity, poor or reduced diastolic left ventricular relaxation, abnormal left atrial pressure (e.g., abnormally high left atrial pressure), paroxysmal or permanent atrial fibrillation, increased left atrial and pulmonary capillary wedge pressure, increased left ventricular diastolic pressure, syncope, intradiastolic ventricular relaxation, ventricular fibrosis, left ventricular hypertrophy, left ventricular mass, increased left ventricular wall thickness, left ventricular mid-viscosity obstruction, increased systolic anterior movement of the mitral valve, left ventricular outflow tract obstruction, chest pain, exertional respiration It is one or more selected from difficulty, pre-syncope, abnormal motor ability, and fatigue. In some embodiments, a method for reducing the risk of symptoms associated with heart disease in a subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a decrease or reduction in cardiac elasticity, atypical or reduced diastolic left ventricular diastolic pressure, abnormal left atrial pressure (e.g., abnormally high left atrial pressure), paroxysmal or permanent atrial fibrillation, increased left atrial and pulmonary capillary wedge pressure, increased left ventricular diastolic pressure, syncope, intradiastolic ventricular diastole, ventricular fibrosis, left ventricular hypertrophy, left ventricular mass, increased left ventricular wall thickness, left ventricular mid-viscosity obstruction, increased systolic anterior movement of the mitral valve, left ventricular outflow tract obstruction, chest pain, exertional respiration It is one or more selected from difficulty, pre-syncope, abnormal motor ability, and fatigue. In some embodiments, a method for treating a disease or condition associated with a small left ventricular cavity, cavity extinction, hyperdynamic left ventricular contraction, left ventricular blood flow blockade, cardiac hypertrophy, small cardiac output, left ventricular diastolic dysfunction, high left ventricular filling pressure, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis in an individual or subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), or (Ik-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, a method for treating a disease or condition associated with small left ventricular cavity and cavity extinction, hyperdynamic left ventricular contraction, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis in an individual or subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In addition, the use of compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the manufacture of agents for the treatment of diseases or conditions associated with small left ventricular cavity and cavity extinction, high dynamic left ventricular contraction, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis is provided herein. In some embodiments, muscular dystrophy in an individual or subject comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof ( for example Methods for treating Duchenne muscular dystrophy are provided. In addition, muscular dystrophy ( for exampleThe use of compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or compounds of Table 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in the manufacture of agents for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy is provided herein. In some embodiments, a method for treating glycogen storage disease in an individual or subject is provided, comprising administering to an individual or subject in need of the compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Additionally, the use of the compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or the compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a drug for treating glycogen storage disease is provided herein. A method for controlling cardiac myomas in an individual or subject is also provided, and the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one chemical substance as described herein to an individual or subject requiring it. In some embodiments, a method for inhibiting cardiac myomas is provided, comprising contacting at least one chemical substance as described herein, e.g., a compound of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with cardiac myomas. Additionally, the use of at least one chemical substance as described herein in the manufacture of a drug that inhibits cardiac myopia in an individual or subject, such as a compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided herein. Also provided is a method for enhancing cardiac myosin in an individual or subject, and the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one chemical substance as described herein, such as a compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to an individual or subject in need thereof. Additionally, the use of at least one chemical as described herein in the manufacture of a drug for enhancing cardiac myosin in an individual or subject, such as a compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), or (In-2), or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided herein. In some embodiments, the methods provided herein additionally include monitoring the efficacy of treatment. Examples of indicators include, but are not limited to, improvement in one or more of the following: New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional classification, exercise capacity, cardiac resilience, poor or reduced diastolic left ventricular diastolic pressure, abnormal left atrial pressure (e.g., abnormally high left atrial pressure), paroxysmal or permanent atrial fibrillation, increased left atrial and pulmonary capillary wedge pressure, increased left ventricular diastolic pressure, syncope, diastolic ventricular diastolic pressure, ventricular fibrosis, left ventricular hypertrophy, left ventricular mass, increased left ventricular wall thickness, left ventricular mid-ventricular obstruction, increased systolic anterior movement of the mitral valve, left ventricular outflow tract obstruction, chest pain, exertional dyspnea, presyncope, abnormal exercise capacity, and fatigue. These indicators may be monitored by techniques known in the art, including self-reporting; ECG, including ambulatory ECG; echocardiography; cardiac MRI; CT; biopsy; cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET); and actigraphy. In some embodiments, the compound reduces the contractility of cardiomyocytes. In some embodiments, the compound reduces the contractility of cardiomyocytes by more than 40%, e.g., 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%. In some embodiments, the compound reduces the contractility of cardiomyocytes by 40%-90%, e.g., 40%-80%, 40%-70%, 50%-90%, 50%-80%, or 50%-70%. In some embodiments, the compound does not significantly alter transient calcium in cardiomyocytes. In some embodiments, the compound reduces ATPase activity in cardiomyocytes. Methods for measuring contractility, ATPase activity, and calcium transient states are known in the art, e.g., by calcium labeling, electrophysiological recording, and microscopic imaging. In some embodiments, the compound does not significantly inhibit or induce cytochrome P450 (CYP) protein. Not bound by theory, R 2A and R 2BThe stereoisomer of a compound of Formula I or any variation thereof in which the carbons containing the moiety are arranged in an "S" stereochemical configuration, when measured by myofibrillar analysis (e.g., the analysis described in Example B-1), R 2A and R 2B It is thought that the carbon containing the moiety is more active than the corresponding stereoisomer in the "R" stereochemical configuration. A crystal structure for a representative compound of Formula I was obtained, which indicates that between the "S" and "R" isomers, the more active stereoisomer is R, as measured by the myofibril analysis described in Example B-1. 2A and R 2B It proves that the carbon containing the moiety is a stereoisomer in the "S" stereochemical configuration. In some embodiments, the subject has a left ventricular wall thicker than normal prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the subject has a left ventricular wall thickness greater than 15 mm prior to treatment, such as 18 mm, 20 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm, or greater than 30 mm. In some embodiments, the left ventricular wall thickness is reduced by more than 5% after treatment, e.g., 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 20%, or 30%. The left ventricular wall thickness may be measured by methods known in the art, such as echocardiography, CT scans, or cardiac MRI. In some embodiments, the subject has abnormal cardiac fibrosis prior to treatment. In some embodiments, abnormal cardiac fibrosis is reduced by more than 5% after treatment, e.g., 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 20%, or 30%. Cardiac fibrosis may be measured by methods known in the art, e.g., biopsy or cardiac MRI. In some embodiments, the subject has reduced exercise capacity prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the subject's exercise capacity increases by more than 5%, e.g., 8%, 10%, 12%, 15%, 20%, or 30% after treatment. In some embodiments, exercise capacity is measured by a cardiopulmonary exercise test (CPET). CPET measures changes in oxygen consumption (VO2max). Methods for measuring CPET and VO2max are well known in the art (Malhotra etc. , JACC: Heart Failure, 2016, 4(8): 607-616; Guazzi etc. , J Amer College Cardiol, 2017, 70 (13): 1618-1636; Rowin et al., JACC: Cariovasc Imaging, 2017, 10(11):1374-1386). In some embodiments, VO2max was 1 mL / kg / m² after treatment. 2 Exceeding, e.g., 1.2 mL / kg / m³ 2 , 1.4 mL / kg / m 2 , 1.5 mL / kg / m 2 , 1.7 mL / kg / m 2 , 2 mL / kg / m 2 , 2.2 mL / kg / m 2 , 2.5 mL / kg / m 2 , 3 mL / kg / m 2 , 3.2 mL / kg / m 2 , or 3.5 mL / kg / m² 2 It improves by that much. In some embodiments, the subject has a New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional classification of II, III, or IV prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the subject has a New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional classification of III or IV prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the subject has a New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional classification of IV prior to treatment. In some embodiments, the subject remains in the same NYHA functional classification or has a reduced NYHA functional classification after treatment. In some embodiments, VO2max is 1 mL / kg / m² 2 Exceeding, e.g., 1.2 mL / kg / m³ 2 , 1.4 mL / kg / m 2 , 1.5 mL / kg / m 2 , 1.7 mL / kg / m 2 , or 2 mL / kg / m² 2 Improved by the excess amount, and the subject has a reduced NYHA function classification after treatment. In some embodiments, VO2max is 2.5 mL / kg / m² 2 , 3 mL / kg / m 2 , 3.2 mL / kg / m 2 , or 3.5 mL / kg / m² 2 Improved by the excess amount, and the subject remains in the same NYHA functional classification or has a reduced NYHA functional classification after treatment. In some embodiments, the subject's daily function and / or activity level improves after treatment. The improved daily function and / or activity level can be measured, for example, through journaling or activity logging, such as a FitBit or FitBit-like monitor. In some embodiments, the subject has one or more of the following after treatment: reduced dyspnea, reduced chest pain, reduced arrhythmia burden, e.g., atrial fibrillation and ventricular arrhythmia, reduced incidence of heart failure, and reduced ventricular outflow obstruction. Dosage The compounds and compositions disclosed and / or described herein are administered at a therapeutically effective dose, for example, a dose sufficient to provide treatment for a diseased state. Human dosage levels have not yet been optimized for the chemicals described herein, but generally, the daily dose is about 0.01 to 100 mg per kg of body weight; in some embodiments, about 0.05 to 10.0 mg / kg body weight, and in some embodiments, about 0.10 to 1.4 mg / kg body weight. Thus, for administration to a person weighing 70 kg, in some embodiments, the dosage range is about 0.7 to 7000 mg per day; in some embodiments, about 3.5 to 700.0 mg per day, and in some embodiments, about 7 to 100.0 mg per day. The amount of chemical administered depends, for example, on the subject and diseased state, the severity of the disease, the method and schedule of administration, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. For example, an exemplary dosage range for oral administration is about 5 mg to about 500 mg per day, and an exemplary intravenous dosage is about 5 mg to about 500 mg per day, each according to the pharmacokinetics of the compound. The daily dose is the total amount administered in one day. The daily dose may be administered daily, every other day, weekly, every two weeks, monthly, or at various intervals, but is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, the daily dose is administered for a period from day 1 to the lifespan of the subject. In some embodiments, the daily dose is administered once a day. In some embodiments, the daily dose is administered as multiple divided doses, such as 2, 3, or 4 divided doses. In some embodiments, the daily dose is administered as two divided doses. Administration of the compounds and compositions disclosed and / or described herein may be made through any permitted mode of administration for therapeutic agents, including but not limited to oral, sublingual, subcutaneous, parenteral, intravenous, intranasal, topical, transdermal, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intrapulmonary, vaginal, rectal, or intraocular administration. In some embodiments, the compound or composition is administered orally or intravenously. In some embodiments, the compound or composition disclosed and / or described herein is administered orally. Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions include solid, semi-solid, liquid, and aerosol administration forms, e.g., tablets, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, suppositories, and aerosols. The compounds disclosed and / or described herein may also be administered over a long period in sustained or controlled-release administration forms (e.g., controlled / sustained-release pills, depot injections, osmotic pumps, or transdermal (including electro-transport) patches), and / or as pulsed administration at a predetermined rate. In some embodiments, the composition is provided in a unit administration form suitable for a single administration of an accurate dose. The compounds disclosed and / or described herein may be administered alone or in combination with one or more conventional pharmaceutical carriers or excipients (e.g., mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, sodium croscarmellose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, magnesium carbonate). If desired, the pharmaceutical composition may also contain small amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances, such as humectants, emulsifiers, solubilizers, pH buffers, etc. (e.g., sodium acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrin derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine acetate, triethanolamine oleate). Generally, depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceutical composition will contain about 0.005% to 95%, or about 0.5% to 50% of the compounds disclosed and / or described herein. The actual method of manufacturing such dosage forms will be known or obvious to those skilled in the art; for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences , Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania. In some embodiments, the composition will take the form of a pill or tablet, and thus the composition may contain one or more diluents (e.g., lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate), lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate), and / or binders (e.g., starch, acacia gum, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives) together with the compounds disclosed and / or described herein. Other solid dosage forms include powders, marum, solutions, or suspensions (e.g., propylene carbonate, vegetable oil, or triglycerides) encapsulated in gelatin capsules. Pharmaceutically administerable liquid compositions may be prepared, for example, by dissolving, dispersing, or suspending the compounds disclosed and / or described herein and any pharmaceutical additives in a carrier (e.g., water, saline solution, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycol, ethanol, etc.) to form a solution or suspension. Injectable formulations may be prepared in conventional forms, such as as liquid solutions or suspensions, as emulsions, or as solid forms suitable for dissolving or suspending in liquid prior to injection. The percentage of compounds contained in such parenteral compositions depends, for example, on the physical properties of the compounds, the activity of the compounds, and the needs of the target. However, a percentage of the active ingredient in the solution of 0.01% to 10% may be used, and may be higher if the composition is a solid that is subsequently diluted to other concentrations. In some embodiments, the composition will contain about 0.2% to 2% of the compounds disclosed and / or described herein in the solution. The pharmaceutical composition of the compounds disclosed and / or described herein may also be administered to the respiratory tract as an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a fine powder for injection, either alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose. In such cases, the particles of the pharmaceutical composition may have a diameter of less than 50 microns, or less than 10 microns in some embodiments. Additionally, the pharmaceutical composition may include the compounds disclosed and / or described herein and one or more additional agents, pharmaceutical substances, adjuvants, etc. Suitable agents and pharmaceutical substances include those described herein. Kit In addition, manufacturing articles and kits containing any of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are provided. The manufacturing articles may include a labeled container. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, and test tubes. The containers may be formed from various materials, such as glass or plastic. The containers may contain the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein. A label on the container may indicate that the pharmaceutical composition is used for the prevention, treatment, or suppression of the disease described herein, and may also indicate instructions for in vivo or in vitro use. In one aspect, a kit containing the compound or composition described herein and instructions for use is provided herein. The kit may include instructions for use in the treatment of heart disease in individuals or subjects requiring it. The kit may further include any material or equipment that can be used for administering the compound or composition, such as vials, syringes, or IV bags. The kit may also include sterile packaging. mixture The compounds and compositions described and / or disclosed herein may be administered alone or in combination with other therapies and / or therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of the aforementioned disorders, diseases, or conditions. The compounds and compositions described and / or disclosed herein may be combined with one or more other therapies to treat heart diseases such as HCM or HFpEF. In some embodiments, one or more therapies include therapies that delay the progression of heart failure by attempting to downregulate neurohormonal stimulation of the heart and prevent cardiac remodeling (e.g., ACE inhibitors, angiotensin receptor blockers (ARBs), β-blockers, aldosterone receptor antagonists, or neuroendopeptidase inhibitors). In some embodiments, one or more therapies include therapies that improve cardiac function by stimulating cardiac contraction (e.g., positive anabolic agents, such as the β-adrenergic agonist dobutamine or the phosphodiesterase inhibitor milrinone). In other embodiments, one or more therapies include a therapy that reduces cardiac reserve (e.g., diuretics such as furosemide) or afterload (all classes of vasodilators including, but not limited to, calcium channel blockers, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, endothelin receptor antagonists, renin inhibitors, or smooth muscle myosin modulators). The compounds and compositions described and / or disclosed herein may be combined with one or more other therapies to treat HCM or HFpEF. In some embodiments, the compounds and / or compositions may be combined with β-blockers, verapamil and / or disopyramide. General synthesis method Compounds of formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2) ​​will now be described with reference to the exemplary synthesis schemes for general preparation below and the following examples. Those skilled in the art will recognize that, in order to obtain various compounds in this specification, starting materials may be appropriately selected so that the ultimately desired substituent can be incorporated through the scheme to produce the desired product, with or without protection if necessary. Alternatively, instead of the ultimately desired substituent, it may be necessary or desirable to use a suitable group that can be incorporated through the scheme and appropriately replaced with the desired substituent. Furthermore, those skilled in the art will recognize that a protecting group may be used to protect a specific functional group (amino, carboxyl, or side chain group) from reaction conditions, and that such a group is removed under standard conditions where appropriate. Unless otherwise specified, variables are as defined for the above chemical formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1) and (In-2). If it is desired to obtain a specific enantiomer of a compound, this can be achieved from a corresponding mixture of enantiomers using any suitable conventional procedure for separating or decomposing enantiomers. Thus, for example, a diastereomer derivative can be produced by the reaction of a mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemic mixture, and a suitable chiral compound. The diastereomer can then be separated by any convenient means, e.g., crystallization and recovery of the desired enantiomer. In other decomposition processes, the racemic mixture can be separated using chiral high-performance liquid chromatography. Alternatively, if desired, a specific enantiomer can be obtained using a suitable chiral intermediate in one of the described processes. Chromatography, recrystallization, and other conventional separation procedures can also be used with intermediates or final products to obtain specific isomers of compounds or to purify reaction products. A general method for preparing the compounds described herein is illustrated in the method exemplified below. In the reaction schemes provided herein, variable groups are defined as in formulas (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii), (Ij), (Ik-1), (Ik-2), (Il), (Im), (In-1), and (In-2), or variations thereof. Other compounds described herein can be prepared by similar methods. In some embodiments, the compound provided herein can be synthesized according to Reaction Scheme 1. Reaction Equation 1 Here, R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5is as defined for Equation (I), which is described in detail here, or its variations. An exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 1 is shown in Reaction Scheme 1a. Reaction Equation 1a Here, R 2A and R 2B is as defined for Equation (I), or its variations, described in detail herein; and where R 1a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 1 is shown in Reaction Scheme 1b. Reaction Equation 1b Here, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is as defined for Equation (I), described in detail herein, or its variations, where R 2a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 1 is shown in Reaction Scheme 1c. Reaction Equation 1c Here, R 1a and R 2a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, the compound provided herein can be synthesized according to Reaction Scheme 2. Reaction Equation 2 Here, R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3, R 4 , and R 5 is as defined for Equation (I), which is described in detail here, or its variations. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 2 is shown in Reaction Scheme 2a. Reaction Equation 2a Here, R 2A and R 2B is as defined for Equation (I), or its variations, described in detail herein; and where R 1a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 2 is shown in Reaction Scheme 2b. Reaction Equation 2b Here, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is as defined for Equation (I), described in detail herein, or its variations, where R 2a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof, where X is a halogen. Another exemplary embodiment (e.g., of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 2) is shown in Reaction Scheme 2c. Reaction Equation 2c Here, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 is as defined for Equation (I), which is described in detail here, or its variations. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 2 is shown in Reaction Scheme 2d. Reaction Equation 2d Here, R 1a and R 2a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment (e.g., of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 2) is shown in Reaction Scheme 2e. Reaction Equation 2e Another exemplary embodiment (e.g., the method of preparation in Reaction Scheme 2) is shown in Reaction Scheme 2f. Reaction Equation 2f Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 2 is shown in Reaction Scheme 2g. Reaction formula 2g Here X is a halide; here R 2A and R 3 is as defined for Equation (I), or its variations, described in detail herein; and where R 1a and m are as defined for Equation (Ik-1), which is described in detail here, or its variations. In some embodiments, the compound provided herein can be synthesized according to Reaction Scheme 3. Reaction Equation 3 Here, R 1 , R 2A , R 2B , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5is as defined for Equation (I), which is described in detail here, or its variations. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3a. Reaction Equation 3a Here, R 1a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail herein, or its variations; and where R a and R b is independently H or C1-C6 alkyl. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3b-1. Reaction Equation 3b-1 Here X is CH or N; and here R 1a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3b-2. Reaction Equation 3b-2 Here X is CH or N; and here R 1a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3c. Reaction Equation 3c Here, R 1a is as defined for the expression (If) described in detail here, or a variation thereof. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3d. Reaction Equation 3d Here, R 2a is as defined for Equation (I), or its variations, described in detail herein; and where R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3e. Reaction Equation 3e Here, R 1a is selected from the group consisting of cyano, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3f. Reaction Equation 3f Here, R 1a is selected from the group consisting of a halo and a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and where m is 0, 1, or 2. Another exemplary embodiment of the manufacturing method in Reaction Scheme 3 is shown in Reaction Scheme 3g. Reaction formula 3g Here, R 1a and m are as defined for Equation (Ik-1), which is described in detail here, or its variations. Another exemplary manufacturing method is shown in Reaction Scheme 4. Reaction Equation 4 Here, R 1a , R 3a , m, and p are as defined for Equation (Ik-1), or variations thereof, as described in detail here. Certain non-limiting embodiments are provided in the embodiments section below. Examples The following examples are provided to illustrate the compositions, uses, and methods provided herein, but are not limited thereto. Compounds are prepared using the general methods described above. In the following examples, designating a compound using a specific letter following the compound number indicates a stereoisomer form or a mixture of stereoisomers of such compound, as is evident from the context of the specific examples. Thus, it will be recognized that if a compound such as Compound 288 can exist in two distinct stereoisomer forms, the two-letter designations 288A and 288B may be used herein to refer to the distinct stereoisomer forms. Similarly, distinct diastereomers or mixtures thereof may be designated as 858A, 858B, 858C, and 858D, as is evident from the examples below. It is understood that the data tables presented herein, e.g., Table A where applicable, will provide data related to specific stereoisomers using the designations shown in these examples. Due to the terms used herein, specific compounds referred to in these embodiments as specific stereoisomers having letter names can be found in Table 1, where such compounds are indicated by their structure and name. Throughout the examples, the following abbreviations are used: TEA (trimethylamine), DCM (dichloromethane), (Boc)2O (di-tert-butyl decarbonate), EA (ethyl acetate), PE (petroleum ether), DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide), DIEA (N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropane-2-amine), HATU (1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate), HOAt (1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole), HOBt (hydroxybenzotriazole), EDCI (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide), MeOH (methanol), EtOH (ethanol), IPA (iPrOH; propan-2-ol), NMP (1-methylpyrrolidin-2-one), STAB (sodium triacetoxyhydroborate), ACN (acetonitrile), TFA (trifluoroacetic acid), DPPA (diphenylphosphoryl azide), DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo(5.4.0)undec-7-en), THF (tetrahydrofuran), PPh3 (triphenylphosphane), SM (starting material), Hex (hexane), NCS (N-chlorosuccinimide), rt (room temperature), DCE (dichloroethane), FA (formic acid), CHCl3 (chloroform), BnBr (benzyl bromide), HCl (hydrogen chloride), equiv (equivalent), RT (retention time), SFC (supercritical fluid chromatography), and DSC (bis(2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-1-yl) carbonate). Example 1: Synthesis of Compound 288 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 1-2: 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (1.05 g, 7.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv), acetic acid (900 mg, 14.99 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and STAB (2.4 g, 11.32 mmol, 1.50 equiv) were added to a solution of methyl 2-amino-2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetate (1.5 g, 7.51 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCE (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, diluted with EA (100 mL), washed twice with saline solution (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2.4 g (99%) of methyl 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino]acetate as a brown oil. 2. Synthesis of Intermediates 1-3: Drops of TEA (1.5 g, 14.82 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (1 g, 8.85 mmol, 1.20 equiv) were added to a solution of methyl 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino]acetate (2.4 g, 7.40 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed twice with saline solution (20 mL), dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by a silica gel column with ACN and water (3:1) to obtain 2 g (67%) of methyl 2-[2-chloro-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]acetamido]-2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetate as a brown oil. 3. Synthesis of Compound 288: Propane-2-amine (66.5 mg, 1.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and TEA (115 mg, 1.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution of methyl 2-[2-chloro-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]acetamido]-2-(4-chlorophenyl)acetate (150 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in ACN (10 mL) at rt. The mixture was left at rt for 1 hour and at 80 o Stirred at C for 2 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by Prep-HPLC (2#-AnalyseHPLC-SHIMADZU(HPLC-10)) under the following conditions: column, XBridge Shield RP18 OBD column, 5 µm, 19 x 150 mm; mobile phase, water (0.05% NH3H2O) and ACN (48.0% ACN, peak 68.0% within 8 min); detector, UV 220 nm) to obtain 100 mg of 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-1-(propane-2-yl)piperazine-2,5-dione. LRMS (ES) m / z 391 (M+H). 1 1 H NMR (DMSO- d 6, 300 MHz) δ 7.44 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.36 - 7.22 (m, 4H), 7.22 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.88 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (h, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (d, J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 1.07 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 288: 4. Separation of Compound 288 Enantiomers: Enantiomers 288A and 288B The racemic compound 3-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-1-cyclopentylpiperazine-2,5-dione (80 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was separated by chiral-HPLC under the following conditions (Column: CHIRAL ART Cellulose-SB, 2*25 cm, 5 µm; Mobile phase A: Hex--HPLC, Mobile phase B: EtOH--HPLC; Flow rate: 20 mL / min; Gradient: 30 B to 30 B in 10 min; 220 / 254 nm) to obtain enantiomer 288A at 25.4 mg (first elution peak) and enantiomer 288B at 32 mg (second elution peak). Chiral analysis data (column: CHIRAL Cellulose-SB; 0.46 cm x 15 cm; 5 micron; Hex(0.2% IPAmine): EtOH=70:30 at 1 ml / min) indicates that enantiomer 288A is the first elution peak (RT 3.3 min) and enantiomer 288B is the second elution peak (RT 4.0 min). Mirror body 288A: LRMS (ES) m / z 391 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d 6 ) δ 7.44 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.39 - 7.22 (m, 4H), 7.27 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.87 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (h, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (d, J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 1.07 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d,J = 6.9 Hz, 3H). Mirror body 288B: LRMS (ES) m / z 391 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d 6 ) δ 7.44 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.36 - 7.22 (m, 4H), 7.22 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.87 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (p, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (d, J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J = 15.1 Hz, 1H), 1.07 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to that described for enantiomers 288A and 288B: Example 2: Synthesis of Compound 20 -78 in a solution of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-isopropyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione (20.5 mg, 0.049 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dry THF (2 mL) o LHMDS (1 M in THF, 54 μL, 0.054 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added at C. The mixture was -78 o Stir at C for 2 min, add MeI (2 M in ether, 30 μL, 0.059 mmol, 1.2 equiv) into the mixture, and -78 oThe mixture was stirred at C for 5 min, slowly heated to rt, and diluted with water and EA. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g column, 0-60% EtOAc in hexane) to obtain 9.9 mg (47%) of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-8-isopropyl-7-methyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 430.1 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methylene chloride- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.40 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.24 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.06 - 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.46 - 6.37 (m, 2H), 5.29 (d, J = 16.2 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (d, J = 16.3 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.28 - 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.03 (dd, J = 9.8, 8.2 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (dd, J = 6.9, 5.0 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 20: Example 3: Synthesis of Compound 65 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 3-2 1-( in MeOH (50 mL) tert4-chlorobenzaldehyde (4.5 g, 32.6 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added to a solution of -butyl)3-methyl-3-aminoazetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (5.0 g, 21.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. NaCNBH3 (1.4 g, 21.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and AcOH (1 mL) were added to this mixture. The mixture was stirred continuously for 4 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and diluted with DCM (60 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (60 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g column, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane) to obtain 6.0 g (78%) of 1-( tert -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 355.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methylene chloride- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.35 (s, 4H), 4.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 3-3 0 o 1-( in DCM (50 mL) cooled to C tertTEA (7.1 mL, 50.7 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (2.7 mL, 33.8 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to a solution of -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (6.0 g, 16.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h before pouring it into saturated aqueous NH4Cl (200 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated over MgSO4 to obtain the intermediate product, 1-( tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N -(4-chlorobenzyl)acetamido)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 431.1 (M+H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 3-4 1-( in ACN (300 mL) tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N Isopropylamine (2.9 mL, 33.9 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and TEA (7.1 mL, 50.8 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution of (4-chlorobenzyl)acetamido)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (16.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv, estimated 100% yield). The mixture was [prepared] at 80 o Heated to C for 15 h, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane) 6.5 g (91%) tert -Butyl 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-2-carboxylate was obtained as a colored solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 366.1 (M+H- t Bu). 4. Synthesis of Intermediates 3-5 In DCM (40 mL) tert TFA (12 mL) was added to a solution of butyl 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-2-carboxylate (6.5 g, 15.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, concentrated, diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (200 mL), and extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g column, 0-50% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 4.1 g (83%) of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione as a gray solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 322.1 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (dichloromethane- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.36 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.28 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.85 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.30 - 4.19 (m, 4H), 4.00 (s, 1.24 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). 5. Synthesis of Compound 65 DIEA (22 μL, 0.12 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and methyl isocyanate (5.0 mg, 0.093 mmol, 1.5 equiv) were added to a solution of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione (20 mg, 0.062 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h, concentrated, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, Gemini 5 micron C18 150 x 21.2 mm, 10–70% acetonitrile gradient in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 25 min) to obtain 8.6 mg (37%) of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl- N methyl-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-2-carboxamide was obtained as a white foamy solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 379.1 (M+H). 1 H-NMR: (methanol- d 4,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.39 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.32 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.75 (hept, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.41 - 4.37 (m, 2H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 4.07 - 4.04 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 65: Example 4: Synthesis of Compound 373 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 4-2 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (1.1 g, 7.83 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and acetic acid (934 mg, 15.55 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added at rt to a solution of 1-tert-butyl 3-methyl 3-aminopyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (1.9 g, 7.78 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCE (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 10 min. STAB (2.5 g, 11.80 mmol, 1.50 equiv) was added aliquot to this mixture. The mixture was stirred continuously for 1.5 h, quenched with water (20 mL), and extracted twice with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) and saline (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC under the following conditions: (Column, C18 silica gel; mobile phase, A: water (10 mmol / L NH4HCO3), B: ACN, 65% B to 75% B gradient in 20 min; detector, UV 210 / 254 nm) to obtain 2.2 g (77%) of 1-tert-butyl 3-methyl 3-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate as a brown oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 313 (M+H-56). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 4-3 0 o2-chloroacetyl chloride (3.12 g, 27.62 mmol, 4.50 equiv) and TEA (5.63 g, 55.64 mmol, 9.00 equiv) were added to a solution of 1-tert-butyl 3-methyl 3-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]amino]pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (2.28 g, 6.18 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (30 mL) cooled to C. The mixture was stirred overnight, quenched with water (20 mL), and extracted twice with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed twice with saline solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2.9 g of 1-tert-butyl 3-methyl 3-[2-chloro-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]acetamido]pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate as a brown oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 389 (M+H-56). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 4-4 Propane-2-amine (1.9 g, 32.14 mmol, 5.00 equiv) and TEA (5.3 g, 8.00 equiv) were added at rt to a solution of 1-tert-butyl 3-methyl 3-[2-chloro-N-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]acetamido]pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (2.9 g, 6.51 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in ACN (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h and then 80 oThe mixture was heated overnight to C. The next day, the mixture was cooled to rt, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC under the following conditions: column, C18 silica gel; mobile phase, A: water (10 mmol / L NH4HCO3), B: ACN, 20% B to 25% B in 20 min; detector, UV 210 / 254 nm, 2.4 g (85%) of tert-butyl 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-7,10-dioxo-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate was obtained as a brown solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 380 (M+H-56). 4. Synthesis of Intermediates 4-5 TFA (8 mL) was added at rt to a solution of tert-butyl 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-7,10-dioxo-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate (2.4 g, 5.51 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The pH of the solution was adjusted to 9 with sodium hydroxide (6 N, ~3 mL). The mixture was diluted with water and extracted twice with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed twice with saline (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1.7 g (92%) of 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione as a brown solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 336 (M+H). 5. Synthesis of Compound 373 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione (94 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.0 equiv), Pd2(dba)3CHCl3 (62 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.10 equiv), Xphos (57 mg, 0.12 mmol, 0.20 equiv), and Cs2CO3 (389 mg, 1.19 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added under nitrogen to a solution of 2-bromopyridine (200 mg, 1.27 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dioxane (5 mL). The mixture was [calculated] at 90 o Stirred overnight at C, cooled to rt, filtered to remove solids, and purified by Prep-HPLC under the following conditions (2#-AnalyseHPLC-SHIMADZU(HPLC-10)): column, XBridge Prep C18 OBD column, 5 µm, 19 x 150 mm; mobile phase, water (10 mmol / L NH4HCO3) and ACN (39.0% ACN top 53.0% gradient over 8 min); detector, UV 254 nm, 15 mg (6%) of 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-9-(propane-2-yl)-2-(pyridine-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 413 (M+H). 1 H-NMR: (300 MHz, methanol- d 4 , ppm ): δ 8.01 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.50 (ddd, J = 8.9, 7.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (dd, J = 6.9, 5.z, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.76 - 4.54 (m, 3H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.97 (d, J= 11.9 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.66 - 3.42 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.38 (m, 2H), 1.20 (dd, J = 6.8, 1.4 Hz, 6H). 6. Compound 373 Separation of enantiomers The racemic compound 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-9-(propane-2-yl)-2-(pyridine-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione (80 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was separated by chiral-HPLC under the following conditions (Prep-HPLC-009): column: Chiralpak IC, 2*25 cm, 5 µm; mobile phase A: Hex-HPLC, mobile phase B: EtOH-HPLC; flow rate: 15 mL / min; isolytic elution for 21 min; 220 / 254 nm), yielding enantiomer 373A at 28.7 mg (36%, 1st elution peak) and enantiomer 373B at 29 mg (2nd elution peak) as white solids. Chiral analysis data (CHIRALPAK IC-3; 0.46 cm x 5 cm; 3 μm; Hex (0.1% DEA): EtOH = 55:45 at 1 ml / min) indicates that enantiomer 373A is the first elution peak (RT 2.2 min) and enantiomer 373B is the second elution peak (RT 3.2 min). Enantiomer 373A: LRMS (ES) m / z 413 (M+H). 1 H-NMR: (300 MHz, methanol- d 4 , ppm ) δ 7.97 (ddd, J = 5.2, 1.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (ddd, J = 8.8, 7.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (ddd, J= 7.2, 5.1, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (s, 1H), 4.76 - 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.97 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.66 - 3.42 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.38 (m, 2H), 1.20 (dd, J = 6.8, 1.4 Hz, 6H). Mirror body 373B: LRMS (ES) m / z 413 (M+H). 1 1H NMR: (300 MHz, methanol- d 4 ) δ 8.01 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.50 (ddd, J = 8.8, 7.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (dd, J = 6.9, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.76 - 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.16 (s, 2H), 3.97 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.66 - 3.42 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.38 (m, 2H), 1.20 (dd, J = 6.9, 1.4 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 373: HPLC separation conditions Example 5: Synthesis of Compound 108 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 5-2 3-amino-1-( in 80 mL of MeOH tert 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (5.6 g, 31.9 mmol, 1.05 equiv) was added to a solution of -butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (7.0 g, 30.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, NaCNBH3 (2.9 g, 45.6 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and AcOH (0.5 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred. 1-( tert -Butoxycarbonyl)-3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid was used in the immediate next step. LRMS (ES) m / z 389.2 (M+H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 5-3 1-(obtained from the previous reaction tert DCM (100 mL) and (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2 M in hexane, 45.6 mL, 91.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution containing -butoxycarbonyl)-3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (30.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h, AcOH (5.0 g) was added, concentrated onto silica (30 g), and purified by silica gel chromatography (120 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), 7.4 g (over 61% step) of 1-( tert -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 403.2 (M+H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 5-4 0 o 1-( in DCM (50 mL) cooled to C tertTEA (7.7 mL, 84.9 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (2.9 mL, 36.8 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to a solution of -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (7.4 g, 18.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h before pouring it into saturated aqueous NH4Cl (200 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated over MgSO4 to obtain the intermediate product, 1-( tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N -(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)acetamido)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 379.1 (M+H-Boc). 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 5-5 1-( in ACN (300 mL) tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N Isopropylamine (4.7 mL, 55.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and TEA (7.7 mL, 55.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution of -(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)acetamido)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (18.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv, estimated 100% yield). The mixture was [prepared] at 80 o Heated at C for 15 h, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), tert An intermediate mixture containing butyl 9-isopropyl-7,10-dioxo-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 414.2 (M+H- t Bu). 5. Synthesis of Intermediates 5-6 In DCM (40 mL) tert TFA (20 mL) was added to a solution of butyl 9-isopropyl-7,10-dioxo-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate (18.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, concentrated, diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (200 mL), and extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g column, 0-50% MeOH in DCM containing 1% TEA) to obtain 2.8 g (41% over 3 steps) of 9-isopropyl-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione as a solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 370.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (dichloromethane- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.65 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.39 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 4.93 - 4.65 (m, 3H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.46 - 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.16 (ddd, J = 11.3, 8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (ddd, J = 11.3, 8.1, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (ddd, J = 13.6, 8.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (ddd, J = 13.5, 8.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). 6. Synthesis of Compound 108 TEA (27 mg, 0.27 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and methyl isocyanate (15 mg, 0.27 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to a solution of 9-isopropyl-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione (50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, concentrated, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5 micron C18 150 x 21.2 mm, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 40 min), 49 mg (85%) of 9-isopropyl- N -methyl-7,10-dioxo-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxamide was obtained as a white foamy solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 327.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methanol- d 4,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.67 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.43 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J = 17.0 Hz, 1H), 4.79 - 4.65 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 2H), 3.95 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.52 - 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.49 - 2.33 (m, 2H), 1.24 (dd, J = 6.8, 1.3 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 108: Example 6: Synthesis of Compound 76 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 6-2 3-amino-1-( in 80 mL of MeOH tert 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (5.6 g, 31.9 mmol, 1.05 equiv) was added to a solution of -butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (7.0 g, 30.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv), and the mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. NaCNBH3 (2.9 g, 45.6 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and AcOH (0.5 mL) were added to this mixture. The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, and 1-( tert A solution containing -butoxycarbonyl)-3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid was obtained and used in the following reaction without further processing. LRMS (ES) m / z 389.2 (M+H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 6-3 1-( from the previous step tert DCM (100 mL) and (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2 M in hexane, 45.6 mL, 91.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution containing -butoxycarbonyl)-3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (30.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h, quenched with AcOH (5 g), concentrated to 30 g SiO2, and purified by silica gel chromatography (120 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), 7.4 g (61% over two steps) of 1-( tert -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 403.15 (M+H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 6-4 1-( in DCM (50 mL) tert 0 in a solution of -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (7.4 g, 18.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). o TEA (7.7 mL, 84.9 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (2.9 mL, 36.8 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added at C. The ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3 h. The reaction was poured into a saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (200 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated over MgSO4 to obtain the intermediate product, 1-( tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N -(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)acetamido)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 379.1 (M+H-Boc). 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 6-5 1-( in ACN (300 mL) tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N Isopropylamine (4.7 mL, 55.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and TEA (7.7 mL, 55.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution of -(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)acetamido)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (18.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv, estimated 100% yield). The mixture was [prepared] at 80 o Heating at C for 15 h, concentrating, and purifying by silica gel chromatography (80 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), intermediate product, tert -Butyl 9-isopropyl-7,10-dioxo-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate was obtained as a colored solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 414.15 (M+H-t Bu). 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 6-6 From the previous step in DCM (40 mL) tert TFA (20 mL) was added to a solution of butyl 9-isopropyl-7,10-dioxo-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate (18.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, concentrated, diluted with saturated NaHCO3 (200 mL), and extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g column, 0-50% MeOH in DCM containing 1% TEA) to obtain 2.8 g (41% over three steps) of 9-isopropyl-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione as a thick viscous solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 370.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (dichloromethane- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.65 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.39 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 4.93 - 4.65 (m, 3H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.46 - 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.16 (ddd, J = 11.3, 8.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (ddd, J = 11.3, 8.1, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.92 (d, J = 12.1 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (ddd, J = 13.6, 8.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.98 (ddd, J = 13.5, 8.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). 6. Synthesis of Compound 76 9-isopropyl-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione (50 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.0 equiv), potassium combined in a 5 mL microwave vial (5 mL). tert -4-bromopyridine-2(1 H )-one (47 mg, 0.27 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and dioxane (2 mL) were added. The mixture was sealed and 150 o 4.8 mg (8%) of 9-isopropyl-2-(2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyridine-4-yl)-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione was obtained as a foamed solid by heating in a microwave reactor at C18 for 30 min, filtering, and purifying by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5 μm C18 150 x 21.2 mm, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 40 min). LRMS (ES) m / z 463.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methanol- d 4,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.41 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (dd, J = 7.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 4.79 - 4.68 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d,J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.57 - 3.49 (m, 2H), 2.67 - 2.46 (m, 2H), 1.26 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 76: Example 7: Synthesis of Compound 49 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-2 1-( in MeOH (50 mL) tert 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (4.5 g, 32.6 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added to a solution of -butyl)3-methyl-3-aminoazetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (5.0 g, 21.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. NaCNBH3 (1.4 g, 21.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and AcOH (1 mL) were added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred continuously for 4 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and dispensed between DCM (60 mL) and saturated sodium bicarbonate (60 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (25 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g column, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), yielding 6.0 g (78%) of 1-( tert -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 355.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methylene chloride- d 2,400 MHz, ppm) δ 7.35 (s, 4H), 4.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-3 0 o 1-( in DCM (50 mL) cooled to C tert TEA (7.1 mL, 50.7 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (2.7 mL, 33.8 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to a solution of -butyl)3-methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (6.0 g, 16.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred for 3 hours and poured into a saturated aqueous NH4Cl (200 mL) solution. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated over MgSO4 to obtain the intermediate product, 1-( tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N -(4-chlorobenzyl)acetamido)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 431.1 (M+H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-4 1-( in ACN (300 mL) tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(2-chloro- N Isopropylamine (2.9 mL, 33.9 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and TEA (7.1 mL, 50.8 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution of (4-chlorobenzyl)acetamido)azetidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (16.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was 80 oHeated at C for 15 h, cooled to rt, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), 6.5 g (91%) of tert -Butyl 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-2-carboxylate was obtained as a colored solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 366.1 (M+H- t Bu). 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 7-5 In DCM (40 mL) tert TFA (12 mL) was added to a solution of butyl 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-2-carboxylate (6.5 g, 15.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, concentrated, diluted with saturated NaHCO3 (200 mL), and extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic wash was dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g column, 0-50% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 4.1 g (83%) of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione as a gray solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 322.1 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (dichloromethane- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.36 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.28 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.85 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.30 - 4.19 (m, 4H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). 5. Synthesis of Compound 49 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione (50 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.0 equiv), potassium combined in a microwave vial (5 mL). tert 4-bromo-2,6-dimethylpyridine (58 mg, 0.31 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and dioxane (2 mL) were added to a mixture of butoxide (70 mg, 0.62 mmol, 4.0 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (7 mg, 0.008 mmol, 0.05 equiv), and xantphos (9 mg, 0.016 mmol, 0.1 equiv). The mixture was sealed, and 150 o 7.1 mg (10%) of 5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-2-(2,6-dimethylpyridine-4-yl)-8-isopropyl-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione was obtained as a white effervescent solid by heating in a microwave reactor at C18 for 10 min, filtering, and purifying by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5 μm C18 150 x 21.2 mm, 10-100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 40 min). LRMS (ES) m / z 427.15 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methylene chloride- d 2,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 7.42 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.24 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.07 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 4.84 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J = 9.5, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (dd, J = 9.5, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 2.57 (s, 6H), 1.25 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 49: Example 8: Synthesis of Compound 142 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 8-2 Azetin-3-ol hydrochloride (1.3 g, 11.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv) prepared in a septate flask, L A mixture of (-)-proline (0.55 g, 4.8 mmol, 0.4 equiv), copper(I) iodide (0.45 g, 2.4 mmol, 0.2 equiv), and cesium carbonate (9.7 g, 29.7 mmol, 2.5 equiv) was vacuum-nitrogen purged for 3 hours. Iodobenzene (2.0 mL, 18 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and dry DMSO (30 mL) were added to this vessel. The mixture was [treated] at 90 o The mixture was heated at C for 15 h, diluted with water, and extracted three times with EA. The combined organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g, 60 5 μm, 0–100% ethyl acetate gradient in hexane over 14 min) to obtain 1.6 g (90%) of 1-phenylazetidin-3-ol as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 150 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.27 - 7.20 (m, 2H), 6.81 - 6.74 (m, 1H), 6.55 - 6.49 (m, 2H), 4.80 - 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.65 (m, 2H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 8-3 Add dropwise DMSO (2.4 mL, 34 mmol, 3.3 equiv) to a solution of oxalyl chloride (1.5 mL, 17 mmol, 1.7 equiv) in dry DCM (15 mL) -78 o Added at C. Mixture for 10 min at -78 o Stirred at C, then 1-phenylazetidin-3-ol (1.5 g, 10.3 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added dropwise to dry DCM (15 mL) and stirred for 1 h. To this mixture -78 o TEA (10.0 mL, 71.9 mmol, 7.0 equiv) was added at C. The mixture was kept at -78 for 1 hour. o The mixture was stirred at C, diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic extract was washed with saline solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g, 60 µm, 0-10% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 28 min) to obtain 0.96 g (63%) of 1-phenylazetidin-3-one as a clear yellow oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 148 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.36 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.92 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 6.69 - 6.63 (m, 2H), 4.70 (s, 4H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 8-4 1-phenylazetidin-3-one (0.31 g, 2.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and (1 S )-1-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethane-1-amine (0.44 g, 2.3 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was combined in dry MeOH (3 mL) and the mixture was 60 o Heated at C for 1 h. 0 oAcetic acid (0.13 mL, 2.3 mmol, 1.1 equiv) and sodium cyanide (0.11 g, 2.3 mmol, 1.1 equiv) were added sequentially to this mixture cooled to C. The mixture was cooled to 60 o The mixture was heated at C for 15 h, diluted with water, and extracted three times with EA. The combined organic wash was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (12 g, 60 µm, 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 22 min) to obtain 0.46 g (62%) of (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carbonitrile as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 346 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.69 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.64 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.26 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.85 - 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.42 - 6.38 (m, 2H), 4.38 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.26 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92 - 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.38 - 3.34 (m, 1H), 1.48 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 8-5 Aqueous sodium hydroxide (1N, 1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a solution of (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carbonitrile (0.20 g, 0.58 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dry MeOH (2 mL). The mixture was 100 oThe mixture was heated at C for 15 h, cooled to rt, neutralized with HCl (1 M, 1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol, 2.0 equiv), and extracted twice with EA. The combined organic wash was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 89 mg (42%) of (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carboxylic acid as a pale yellow solid. 5. Synthesis of Intermediates 8-6 (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carboxylic acid (89 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in a mixture of (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)DCM (1 mL) and methanol (1 mL) was dropwise added to a solution of (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2 M, 0.37 mL, 0.74 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in hexane. The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (12 g, 60 microns, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 22 min) to obtain 79 mg (86%) of methyl (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carboxylic acid as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 379 (M+H). 6. Synthesis of Intermediate 8-7 TEA (0.18 mL, 1.2 mmol, 6.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.067 mL, 0.84 mmol, 4.0 equiv) were added dropwise to a solution of methyl(S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carboxylate (79 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain 140 mg of methyl(S)-3-(2-chloro- N -(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)acetamido)-1-phenylazetidine-3-carboxylate was obtained as a red oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 455 (M+H). 7. Synthesis of Compound 142 Methyl(S)-3-(2-chloro- in dry ACN (7.5 mL) N Triethylamine (0.13 mL, 0.94 mmol, 4.5 equiv) and isopropylamine (0.053 mL, 0.62 mmol, 3.0 equiv) were added to a solution of -(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)acetamido)-1-phenylazetidine-3-carboxylate (0.21 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was 80 o The solution was heated at C for 15 h, concentrated, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5u C18, 150 x 21.2 mm, 10–100% acetonitrile gradient in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 25 min) to obtain 19 mg (20% over two steps) of (S)-8-isopropyl-2-phenyl-5-(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-6,9-dione. LRMS (ES) m / z 446 (M+H). 11H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 7.67 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.60 - 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.22 - 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.79 - 6.73 (m, 1H), 6.49 - 6.44 (m, 2H), 5.74 - 5.65 (m, 1H), 4.73 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.46 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.37 - 4.32 (m, 1H), 4.27 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.13 - 4.09 (m, 1H), 4.07 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 2.01 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 142: Example 9: Synthesis of Compound 327 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 9-2 0 o (Trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (2 M, 7.0 mL, 14 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in hexane was added dropwise to a solution of 1-phenyl-2-oxo-3-pyrrolidine carboxylic acid (0.95 g, 4.6 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in a mixture of DCM (10 mL) and MeOH (10 mL) cooled to C. The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (24 g, 0-10% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 11.5 min) to obtain 1.02 g (100%) of methyl 2-oxo-1-phenylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 220 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d2) δ 7.66 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.45 - 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.19 (m, 1H), 4.02 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.91 - 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.68 - 3.63 (m, 1H), 2.59 - 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.48 - 2.38 (m, 1H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 9-3 NBS (0.244 g, 1.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added to a mixture of methyl 2-oxo-1-phenylpyrrolidin-3-carboxylate (0.30 g, 1.4 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.255 g, 0.41 mmol, 0.30 equiv) in EA (9 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (24 g, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 11.5 min) to obtain 408 mg (100%) of 3-bromo-2-oxo-1-phenylpyrrolidin-3-carboxylate as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 298 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.68 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.30 - 7.24 (m, 1H), 4.04 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.94 - 3.88 (m, 4H), 3.19 - 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.72 - 2.64 (m, 1H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 9-4 TEA (0.21 mL, 1.5 mmol, 4.0 equiv) and 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine (0.11 mL, 0.76 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to a solution of 3-bromo-2-oxo-1-phenylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (0.113 g, 0.38 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DMF (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 15 min, and 50 o The mixture was heated at C for 1 h, diluted with water, and extracted three times with EA. The combined organic extract was washed once with saline solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (12 g, 60 µm, 0-40% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 22 min), and again purified by silica gel chromatography (12 g, 60 µm, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 22 min) to obtain 24 mg (16%) of methyl 2-oxo-1-phenyl-3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylate as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 393 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.59 - 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.54 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.49 - 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.35 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.15 - 7.09 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.81 - 3.69 (m, 5H), 2.68 - 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.24 - 2.14 (m, 1H). 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 9-5 TEA (0.051 mL, 0.36 mmol, 6.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.022 mL, 0.24 mmol, 4.0 equiv) were added to a solution of methyl 2-oxo-1-phenyl-3-((4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (0.024 g, 0.061 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (1 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. Additional TEA (0.051 mL, 0.36 mmol, 6.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.022 mL, 0.24 mmol, 4.0 equiv) were added to this mixture twice. The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, diluted with dichloroethane (2 mL), and 83 o Heat overnight at C, cool to rt, dilute with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and extract three times with DCM. The combined organic extract was then washed once with saline, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain 29 mg (quantitative) of methyl 3-(2-chloro- N -(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)acetamido)-2-oxo-1-phenylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate was obtained as a brown solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 469 (M+H). 5. Synthesis of Compound 327 Methyl 3-(2-chloro- in ACN (4 mL) N TEA (0.067 mL, 0.48 mmol, 7.8 equiv) and isopropylamine (0.027 mL, 0.32 mmol, 6.3 equiv) were added to a solution of -(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)acetamido)-2-oxo-1-phenylpyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (29 mg, 0.079 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was 80 o15 mg (20%) of 9-isopropyl-2-phenyl-6-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-1,7,10-trione was obtained as a clear colorless oil by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5u C18, 150 x 21.2 mm, 10-100% acetonitrile gradient in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 25 min) at C18 for 1 h, concentrated, heated, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5u C18, 150 x 21.2 mm, 10-10% acetonitrile gradient in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 25 min). LRMS (ES) m / z 460 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 7.64 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.57 - 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.53 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.42 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.27 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 4.99 - 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.76 - 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.33 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.16 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.87 - 3.78 (m, 1H), 2.86 - 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.59 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 1.28 - 1.20 (m, 6H). Example 10: Synthesis of Compound 328 1. Synthesis of the intermediate 10⁻₂ Azetin-3-ol hydrochloride (1.3 g, 11.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv), L (-)-proline (0.55 g, 4.8 mmol, 0.4 equiv), copper(I) iodide (0.45 g, 2.4 mmol, 0.2 equiv), and cesium carbonate (9.7 g, 29.7 mmol, 2.5 equiv) were combined in a septate flask and subsequently purged under vacuum-nitrogen for 3 hours. Iodobenzene (2.0 mL, 18 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and dry dimethyl sulfoxide (30 mL) were added to this vessel. The mixture was [treated] at 90 oThe mixture was heated at C for 15 h, diluted with water, and extracted three times with EA. The combined organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g, 60 µm, 0–100% ethyl acetate gradient in hexane over 14 min) to obtain 1.6 g (90%) of 1-phenylazetidin-3-ol as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 150 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.27 - 7.20 (m, 2H), 6.81 - 6.74 (m, 1H), 6.55 - 6.49 (m, 2H), 4.80 - 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.65 (m, 2H). 2. Synthesis of the intermediate 10⁻³ Add dropwise DMSO (2.4 mL, 34 mmol, 3.3 equiv) to a solution of oxalyl chloride (1.5 mL, 17 mmol, 1.7 equiv) in dry DCM (15 mL) -78 o Added at C. Mixture for 10 min at -78 o Stir at C, add dropwise 1-phenylazetidin-3-ol (1.5 g, 10.3 mmol, 1.0 equiv) to dry DCM (15 mL), stir for 1 h, add TEA (10.0 mL, 71.9 mmol, 7.0 equiv), and continue for 1 h at -78 oThe mixture was stirred at C, diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic extract was washed with saline solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (40 g, 60 µm, 0-10% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 28 min) to obtain 0.96 g (63%) of 1-phenylazetidin-3-one as a clear yellow oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 148 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.36 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.92 - 6.87 (m, 1H), 6.69 - 6.63 (m, 2H), 4.70 (s, 4H). 3. Synthesis of the intermediate 10⁻⁴ 1-phenylazetidin-3-one (0.31 g, 2.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and (1 S )-1-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethane-1-amine (0.44 g, 2.3 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was combined in dry MeOH (3 mL) and the mixture was 60 o Heated at C for 1 h. 0 o Acetic acid (0.13 mL, 2.3 mmol, 1.1 equiv) and sodium cyanide (0.11 g, 2.3 mmol, 1.1 equiv) were added sequentially to this mixture cooled to C. The mixture was cooled to 60 oThe mixture was heated at C for 15 h, diluted with water, and extracted three times with EA. The combined organic wash was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, evaporated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (12 g, 60 µm, 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexane, gradient over 22 min) to obtain 0.46 g (62%) of (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carbonitrile as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 346 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.69 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.64 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.26 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.85 - 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.42 - 6.38 (m, 2H), 4.38 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.26 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92 - 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.38 - 3.34 (m, 1H), 1.48 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). 4. Synthesis of the intermediate 10⁻⁵ TEA (0.33 mL, 2.4 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.12 mL, 1.6 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added dropwise to a solution of (S)-1-phenyl-3-((1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)amino)azetidine-3-carbonitrile (0.272 g, 0.787 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DCM (3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 15 min. TEA (0.33 mL, 2.4 mmol, 3.0 equiv) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.12 mL, 1.6 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added to this mixture. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate, and extracted twice with DCM. The combination extract was dried, filtered, and concentrated over magnesium sulfate to obtain 332 mg (100%) of (S)-2-chloro- N -(3-cyano-1-phenylazetidine-3-yl)- N -(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)acetamide was obtained as a red oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 422 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.72 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.59 - 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.28 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 6.89 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.45 - 6.41 (m, 2H), 5.19 - 5.11 (m, 1H), 4.49 - 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.42 - 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.07 - 3.94 (m, 3H), 3.83 - 3.79 (m, 1H), 1.96 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H). 5. Synthesis of the intermediate 10⁻⁶ (S)-2-chloro- in dry DCM (3 mL) N -(3-cyano-1-phenylazetidine-3-yl)- NIsopropylamine (3.4 mL, 39 mmol, 50 equiv) was added to a solution of -(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)acetamide (0.332 g, 0.787 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 3 days, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (12 g, 60 µm, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane, gradient over 22 min) to obtain 314 mg (90%) of (S)- N -(3-cyano-1-phenylazetidine-3-yl)-2-(isopropylamino)- N -(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)acetamide was obtained as a clear pale yellow oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 445 (M+H). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, methylene chloride- d 2) δ 7.64 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.43 - 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.24 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.82 - 6.77 (m, 1H), 6.43 - 6.39 (m, 2H), 5.90 - 5.80 (m, 1H), 4.60 - 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.41 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.30 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.07 - 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.90 - 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.79 - 3.73 (m, 1H), 1.87 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.28 - 1.21 (m, 6H). 6. Synthesis of Compound 328 (S)- in dry toluene (0.5 mL) N -(3-cyano-1-phenylazetidine-3-yl)-2-(isopropylamino)- N 150 in a solution of -(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)acetamide (54 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.0 equiv). oThe mixture was heated in a microwave reactor to C for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5u C18, 150 x 21.2 mm, 10–100% acetonitrile gradient in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 25 min) to obtain 28 mg (52%) of (S)-9-imino-8-isopropyl-2-phenyl-5-(1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethyl)-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonan-6-one as a clear, colorless oil. LRMS (ES) m / z 445 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.69 - 7.63 (m, 2H), 7.56 - 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.89 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 6.56 - 6.48 (m, 2H), 5.73 - 5.61 (m, 1H), 4.54 - 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.32 - 4.14 (m, 5H), 1.86 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.46 - 1.39 (m, 6H). Example 11: Synthesis of Compound 332 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 11-2 In a racemic solution of 3-amino-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (2.00 g, 8.69 mmol) in NaOH (1 M, 15 mL), di- in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL) tertβ-butyl dicarbonate (3.79 g, 17.37 mmol, 2.0 equiv.) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The pH was adjusted to 3 using 3 M aqueous HCl, and the resulting mixture was extracted twice with EA (total volume = 125 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with saline solution, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (2.93 g, 7.98 mmol, 92% yield) as a viscous foam, which was used in the next step without further purification. LRMS (APCI) m / z 329.1 (MH). 1 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ 12.68 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 3.74 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, J = 20.3, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.34 - 3.26 (m, 2H), 2.21 - 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 18H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 11-3 (diazomethyl)trimethylsilane (2.0 M, 23.95 mmol, 3.0 equiv. in 11.97 mL of hexane) was aliquoted to a solution of 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid (2.93 g, 7.98 mmol) in a mixture of DCM (40 mL) and MeOH (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at rt for 30 minutes, quenched with glacial acetic acid (1 mL) until gas generation ceased, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was dissolved in DCM (100 mL) and washed with 2 M aqueous K2CO3 (25 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, and purified by silica gel using 30% EA / Hex to obtain 2.12 g (77%) of 1-( tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(( tert -Butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate was obtained as a colorless viscous solid. LRMS (APCI) m / z 245.2 (M+H) (Boc loss). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 3.84 - 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.57 - 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.43 - 3.30 (m, 2H), 2.24 - 2.13 (m, 1H), 2.12 - 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.41 - 1.32 (m, 18H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediates 11-4A and 11-4B This step Chem. Pharm. Bull. 42(8) 1302-1306, 1995The method disclosed in was followed. 1-(tert-butyl)3-methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (2.00 g, 5.81 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in water (25 mL) and EA (25 mL) was added to a mixture of ruthenium oxide hydrate (386 mg, 2.90 mmol, 0.5 equiv.) and sodium periodate (6.21 g, 29.04 mmol, 5.0 equiv.) in a round-bottom flask (250 mL). The resulting two-phase mixture was stirred vigorously for 3 hours, diluted with additional EA (50 mL), and filtered through Celite. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted once with EA (50 mL). The organic phase was combined and diluted with MeOH (5 mL). The obtained black solution was stirred at rt for 30 minutes and filtered again through Celite. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the remaining solid residue was purified by silica gel using 30% EA / Hex to obtain 1.44 g (69%) of 1-(tert-butyl)3-methyl 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (11-4A) and 437 mg (21%) of 1-( tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(( tert -butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-oxopyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (11-4B) was obtained, and both were visualized on TLC by KMnO4 staining. Confirmation of intermediate 11-4A: LRMS (APCI) m / z 203.1 (M+H) (Boc loss and tert-butyl loss). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 4.21 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.13 (d, J = 17.5 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J= 17.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 1.55 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H). Confirmation of intermediate 11-4B: LRMS (APCI) m / z 203.1 (M+H) (Boc loss and tert-butyl loss). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 3.94 - 3.74 (m, 5H), 2.63 (ddd, J = 13.4, 7.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (dt, J = 13.5, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.46 (s, 9H). 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 11-5 1-( in DCM (5 mL) tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(( tert TFA (5 mL) was added to a solution of -butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (916 mg, 2.56 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 minutes. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum to obtain 692 mg (quantitative yield) of methyl 3-amino-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate as a TFA salt without further purification. LRMS (APCI) m / z 159.1 (M+H). 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 11-6 Methyl 3-amino-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate TFA salt (692 mg, 2.55 mmol) in a mixture of THF (30 mL) and dichloroethane (10 mL) stirred for 15 minutes and pNaBH(OAc)3 (2.69 g, 12.71 mmol, 5.0 equiv.) was added to a mixture of chlorobenzaldehyde (1.07 g, 7.63 mmol, 3.0 equiv.). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h, during which time a homogeneous solution was observed. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the remaining residue was distributed between DCM (60 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (60 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (25 mL). The organic phase was combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by silica gel using a gradient 0%–100% EA / Hex as the eluent to obtain 548 mg (76%) of methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate. LRMS (APCI) m / z 159.1 (M+H). 6. Synthesis of Intermediate 11-7 Methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (73 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) and N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (13 μL, 0.13 mmol, 0.5 equiv.) were sequentially added to a mixture of CuI (25 mg, 0.13 mmol, 0.5 equiv.) and K2CO3 (143 mg, 1.03 mmol, 4.0 equiv.) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (2 mL), 2-iodopyridine (41 μL, 0.39 mmol, 1.5 equiv.). The resulting mixture was washed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated in an oil bath at 115 °C for 18 h. The reaction was filtered through a syringe filter, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10%–100% ACN / water (both containing 0.1% formic acid; Phenomenex Gemini C18 5-micron column) to obtain 59 mg (62%) of methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-5-oxo-1-(pyridine-2-yl)pyrrolidine-3-carboxylate LRMS (APCI) m / z 360.1 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 8.40 - 8.23 ​​(m, 2H), 7.79 (ddd, J = 8.3, 7.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.14 (ddd, J = 7.3, 4.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J = 11.7, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.73 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (dd, J = 17.2, 0.7 Hz, 1H). 7. Synthesis of Compound 332 Et3N (229 μL, 1.64 mmol, 10.0 equiv.) was added to a solution of methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-5-oxo-1-(pyridine-2-yl)pyrrolidin-3-carboxylate (59 mg, 0.16 mmol) in DCM (3 mL). Chloroacetyl chloride (131 μL, 1.64 mmol, 10.0 equiv.) was added dropwise to the resulting solution, which had been cooled to 0 °C. After removing the ice bath, the resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min, diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. Et3N (229 μL, 1.64 mmol, 10.0 equiv.) and isopropylamine (140 μL, 1.64 mmol, 10.0 equiv.) were added to the remaining residue dissolved in ACN (3 mL). The obtained solution was heated in a sealed tube at 100 °C in an oil bath for 45 minutes, cooled to rt, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10%–100% ACN / water (both containing 0.1% formic acid; Phenomenex Gemini C18 5-micron column) and silica gel using 50% EA / Hex as the eluent to obtain 32 mg (46%) of 6-(4-chlorobenzyl)-9-isopropyl-2-(pyridine-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-3,7,10-trione as a white solid LRMS (APCI) m / z 427.2 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 8.31 - 8.22 (m, 2H), 7.78 (ddd, J = 8.5, 7.3, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 4H), 7.13 (ddd, J= 7.3, 4.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.98 - 4.89 (m, 1H), 4.80 - 4.68 (m, 2H), 4.46 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.33 - 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (d, J = 17.8 Hz, 1H), 1.30 - 1.22 (m, 6H). Example 12: Synthesis of Compound 331 A method similar to Example 11 was used, except that iodobenzene was used instead of 2-iodopyridine in Step 6. Example 13: Synthesis of Compound 330 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 13-1 1-( in DCM (5 mL) tert -butyl) 3-methyl 3-(( tert TFA (5 mL) was added to a solution of -butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-oxopyrrolidine-1,3-dicarboxylate (437 mg, 1.22 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 minutes, dried under reduced pressure, and concentrated to obtain 330 mg (quantitative yield) of methyl 3-amino-2-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate as the TFA salt. LRMS (APCI) m / z 159.1 (M+H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 13-2 Methyl 3-amino-2-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate TFA salt (330 mg, 1.22 mmol) in a mixture of dichloroethane (5 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) stirred at rt for 15 minutes and pNaBH3CN (229 mg, 3.65 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) was added to a mixture of chlorobenzaldehyde (513 mg, 3.65 mmol, 3.0 equiv.). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 hours. Additives to the mixture p chlorobenzaldehyde (513 mg, 3.65 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) and NaBH3CN (229 mg, 3.65 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) were added. The mixture was heated in an oil bath at 65 °C for 2 h, evaporated under vacuum, and partitioned between EA (40 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (40 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with additional EA (30 mL). The organic phase was combined, dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by silica gel chromatography using EA / Hex (0-100%) to obtain 258 mg (75%) of methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-2-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate. LRMS (APCI) m / z 283.1 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 7.37 - 7.15 (m, 4H), 3.74 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.47 - 3.33 (m, 2H), 2.59 (ddd, J = 13.4, 7.3, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (ddd, J = 13.4, 8.7, 7.5 Hz, 1H). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 13-3 Methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-2-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (46 mg, 0.163 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was added in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (4 μL, 0.033 mmol, 0.2 equiv.) to a mixture of CuI (6 mg, 0.033 mmol, 0.2 equiv.), 4-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole (41 mg, 0.195 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), and K2CO3 (90 mg, 0.651 mmol, 4.0 equiv.). The obtained mixture was washed with nitrogen, sealed, heated in an oil bath at 115 °C for 18 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered through a syringe filter, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10%–100% ACN / water (both containing 0.1% formic acid; Phenomenex Gemini C18 5-micron column) to obtain 8 mg (14%) of methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-1-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate LRMS (APCI) m / z 363.2 (M+H). 4. Synthesis of Compound 330 Et3N (31 μL, 0.22 mmol, 10.0 equiv.) was added to a solution of methyl 3-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-1-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)-2-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (8 mg, 0.022 mmol) in DCM (1 mL). Chloroacetyl chloride (18 μL, 0.22 mmol, 10.0 equiv.) was added dropwise to the resulting solution, which had been cooled to 0 °C, and the ice bath was removed upon completion of addition. The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 minutes, diluted with DCM (10 mL), washed once with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The remaining residue was dissolved in ACN (1 mL). Et3N (62 μL, 0.44 mmol, 20.0 equiv.) and isopropylamine (38 μL, 0.44 mmol, 20.0 equiv.) were added sequentially to the mixture. The resulting solution was heated in an oil bath at 100 °C in a sealed tube for 45 min, cooled to rt, evaporated under reduced pressure, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC using 10%–100% ACN / water (both containing 0.1% formic acid; Phenomenex Gemini C18 5-micron column) to obtain 5 mg (53%) of 6-(4-chlorobenzyl)-9-isopropyl-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-1,7,10-trione. LRMS (APCI) m / z 430.2 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol- d 4) δ 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.34 - 7.23 (m, 4H), 4.84 (d, J = 16.1 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J = 16.1 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (d, J= 17.7 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J = 17.7 Hz, 1H), 3.93 - 3.83 (m, 4H), 3.70 (td, J = 9.4, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (ddd, J = 14.0, 8.4, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 2.57 - 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.23 (dd, J = 10.0, 6.8 Hz, 6H). Example 14: Synthesis of Compound 333 A method similar to Example 13 was used, except that 4-iodo-2-methylpyridine was used instead of 4-iodo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole in Step 4. Example 15: Synthesis of Compound 389 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 15-2 (S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethane-1-amine (2.4 mL, 16.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in MeOH (16 mL) and tert 2-isocyanopropane (1.6 mL, 16.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and chloroacetic acid (1.6 g, 16.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were added to a solution of β-butyl 3-oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (3.1 g, 16.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 3.2 g (39%). tert- Butyl 3-(2-chloro-N-((S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl)acetamido)-3-(isopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate was obtained as a mixture of diastereoisomers. LRMS (ES) m / z 486.2 (M+H). 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 15-3 In ACN (20 mL) tert-Butyl Potassium carbonate (0.9 g, 6.6 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added to a solution of 3-(2-chloro-N-((S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl)acetamido)-3-(isopropylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (3.2 g, 6.6 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was 80 o Heated to C for 2 h, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g, 0-100% EtOAc in hexane), 1.0 g (34%) of tert -Butyl 6-((S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl)-9-isopropyl-7,10-dioxo-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate was obtained as a mixture of diastereoisomers. LRMS (ES) m / z 394.15 (M+H- t Bu). 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 15-4 In DCM (5.0 mL) tert TFA (5 mL) was added to a solution of butyl 6-((S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl)-9-isopropyl-7,10-dioxo-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxylate (1.0 g, 2.2 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred for 20 min, concentrated, diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (200 mL), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic wash was dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (24 g column, 0-40% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 380 mg (49%) of 6-((S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl)-9-isopropyl-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione as a mixture of diastereoisomers. LRMS (ES) m / z 350.2 (M+H). 4. Synthesis of Compound 389 (Diastereomers 389A and 389B) IPA (3 mL) was added to a mixture of 6-((S)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)ethyl)-9-isopropyl-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione (190 mg, 0.54 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and 2-fluoropyridine (132 mg, 1.4 mmol, 2.5 equiv) in a microwave vial. The mixture was 180 o Heated in a microwave reactor at C for 75 min, concentrated, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5 µM C18 150 x 21.2 mm, 10–100% acetonitrile in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 40 min), obtaining a first elution peak as diastereomer 389A at 16 mg (14%) and a second elution peak as diastereomer 389B at 15 mg. Diastereomer 389A confirmed: LRMS (ES) m / z 427.1 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methanol- d 4,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 8.01 (ddd, J = 5.3, 1.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (ddd, J = 8.9, 7.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 4H), 6.69 (ddd, J = 7.2, 5.2, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dt, J = 8.7, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.19 - 4.00 (m, 3H), 3.83 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (q, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.73 - 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.89 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (dd, J= 6.8, 2.1 Hz, 6H). Diastereomer 389B identified: LRMS (ES) m / z 427.1 (M+H). 1 H-NMR: (methanol- d 4,400 MHz, ppm ) δ 8.06 (ddd, J = 5.2, 1.9, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (ddd, J = 8.8, 7.1, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.37 - 7.27 (m, 4H), 6.73 (ddd, J = 7.1, 5.3, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (d, J = 11.3 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (td, J = 9.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (t, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (ddd, J = 13.8, 8.2, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (dt, J = 13.8, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 1.87 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (dd, J = 6.8, 3.4 Hz, 6H). The following compounds were prepared by a method similar to the method described for compound 389: Example 16: Synthesis of Compound 367 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 16-2 Isocyanatotrimethylsilane (103 mg, 0.89 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and TEA (90 mg, 0.89 mmol, 2.00 equiv) were added to a solution of 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazaspiro[4.5]decane-7,10-dione (150 mg, 0.45 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by reverse-phase HPLC under the following conditions [(2#-AnalyseHPLC-SHIMADZU): column, XBridge Prep OBD C18 column, 5 µm, 30*150 mm; [Mobile phase: water (10 mmol / L NH4HCO3) and ACN (22.0% ACN, peak 35.0% in 8 min); detector: UV 220 nm], 105 mg (62%) of 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-7,10-dioxo-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxamide was obtained as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 379 (M+H). 1 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d 6 ) δ 7.40 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.16 - 7.07 (m, 2H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.69 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 - 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 3.27 (s, 2H), 2.20 (dt, J = 8.8, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 1.09 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). 2. Separation of Compound 367 The racemic compound 6-[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-7,10-dioxo-9-(propane-2-yl)-2,6,9-triazspiro[4.5]decane-2-carboxamide (80 mg, 0.21 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was separated by chiral-HPLC under the following conditions (Column: CHIRALPAK IC, 2*25 cm, 5 µm; Mobile phase A: Hex-HPLC, Mobile phase B: EtOH-HPLC; Flow rate: 16 mL / min; Isosolvent at 50% B for 28 min; 254 / 220 nm), obtaining a first elution peak as 37.7 mg of enantiomer 367A and a second elution peak as 33.2 mg of enantiomer 367B. Chiral analysis data (CHIRALPAK IC-3; 0.46 cm x 5 cm; 3 micron; Hex(0.1% DEA):EtOH=50:50 at 1 mL / min) indicates that the first peak (RT:3.75 min) is enantiomer 367A and the second peak (RT:4.61 min) is enantiomer 367B. Mirror body 367A: LRMS (ES) m / z 379(M+H). 1 HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d 6 ) δ 7.40 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.16 - 7.07 (m, 2H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.69 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 - 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 3.27 (s, 2H), 2.26 - 2.14 (m, 2H), 1.09 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). Mirror Upper Body 367B : LRMS (ES) m / z 379(M+H). 1 HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ 7.40 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.17 - 7.07 (m, 2H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.69 (d, J = 16.7 Hz, 1H), 4.62 - 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.04 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 3.27 (s, 2H), 2.20 (dt, J = 8.9, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 1.09 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H). Example 17: Synthesis of Compound 347 -78 in a solution of 6-(5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)nicotinonitrile (100 mg, 0.236 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (4 mL). o LHMDS (1 M in THF, 354 μL, 0.35 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and chloromethyl methyl ether (38 mg, 0.47 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added sequentially at C. The mixture was heated for 5 min at -78°C. o Stirred at C, heated to rt over a period of 1 h, quenched with MeOH (0.5 mL), and purified by reverse-phase HPLC (Phenomenex, gemini 5u C18 150 x 21.2 mm, 20–100% acetonitrile gradient in water containing 0.1% formic acid over 40 min), yielding 7.2 mg (7%) of 6-(5-(4-chlorobenzyl)-8-isopropyl-7-(methoxymethyl)-6,9-dioxo-2,5,8-triazspiro[3.5]nonane-2-yl)nicotinonitrile as a white solid. LRMS (ES) m / z 468.2 (M+H). 1 H-NMR (methanol- d 4,400 MHz, ppm) δ 8.38 (dd, J = 2.2, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.26 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18 - 4.04 (m, 2H), 3.81 (dd, J = 9.8, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (dd, J = 9.8, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.40 (dd, J = 6.8, 5.1 Hz, 6H). Example 18: Synthesis of Compound 348 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 18-2 (4-chlorophenyl)methaneamine (0.27 g, 1.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in MeOH (5 mL) and tert 1-isocyano-4-nitrobenzene (0.30 g, 2.0 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and chloroacetic acid (0.18 g, 1.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were added to a solution of β-butyl 3-oxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (0.36 g, 1.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (0-100% EtOAc in hexane), 200 mg of tert -butyl 3-(2-chloro- N-(4-chlorobenzyl)acetamido)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)carbamoyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate was obtained. LRMS (ES) m / z 495.1 (M+H- t Bu). 2. ...

Claims

Claim 1 Compound of Formula (I): (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and pyridyl, each of which is substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cyano, halogen, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more fluorines, and diazirinyl substituted or unsubstituted with one trifluoromethyl; R 5 is H, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, or a C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyls; R 2A , R 2B , R 3 and R 4 is defined by any one of the following (i) to (iii): (i) R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forming, where G 1 Unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted C5-C 10 It is a cycloalkynyl, a C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and each G 1 is arbitrarily fused to a phenyl ring; here, G 1 When this is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl, it is a halogen; a hydroxyl; one or more halogens, a cyano, a hydroxyl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, an unsubstituted carboxyl, an unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; 5 to 12-membered heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens, cyanos, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyls; aminoacyls substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or one or more N, O, or S atoms, or unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 Substituted or unsubstituted with aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; unsubstituted aminothionyl; unsubstituted aminosulfonyl; substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or unsubstituted 4 to 7 heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogens or hydroxyls-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; wherein G 1 When this is a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, it comprises: halogen; hydroxyl; oxo; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and one or more halogens, hydroxyl, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 aryl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, or unsubstituted aminoacyl substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 An aminoacyl substituted with or unsubstituted by an aryl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; pyridin-on-yl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminothionyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminosulfonyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminocarbonylamino substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyls containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyls containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; and one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogens or hydroxyls-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, and R 3 Unsubstituted C2-C6 alkyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, cyano or halogen-substituted C1-C6 alkyl; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkynyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, cyano or halogen-substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl; unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl; unsubstituted C5-C 10 Cycloalkynyl; unsubstituted tetra- to hepta-heterosyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more nitro, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, cyano, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted phenylcarbonyl, or unsubstituted C6-C alkyl substituted or unsubstituted 10 Aryl; and selected from the group consisting of 5 to 12 heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens, cyanos, or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; R 4 is H or an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; (ii) R 2A is H or an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; R 2B is H; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl; hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted aminoacyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with or unsubstituted by hydroxymethyl; unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl; unsubstituted C5-C 10 Cycloalkinyl; -CH2N(H)C(O)CH3; -CH2CH2SCH3; -CH2CH2S(O)2CH3; -CH2CH2CONH2; 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and substituted with or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted acyl, or unsubstituted aminoacyl; unsubstituted C6-C 10 Selected from the group consisting of aryls; unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and 4 to 7 heterocyclyls comprising one or more halogens, hydroxyls, C1-C6 alkoxys substituted with or unsubstituted by one or more halogens, or N, O, or S atoms, and substituted with or unsubstituted by one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; R 3 is phenyl or pyridyl, wherein the phenyl is substituted with two or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cyano and halogens, and wherein the pyridyl is substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogens, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with or unsubstituted with one or more halogens; R 4 is H, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, or a C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxys; (iii) R 2A is H or an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; R 2B is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted or unsubstituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, and a C1-C6 alkyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens; R 3 is an unsubstituted C2-C4 alkyl; R 4 is H, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, or a C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more C1-C6 alkoxy groups; wherein, when one or more of the following (a) and (b) apply, R 1 is a phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted pyridyl, or cyano, halogen, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more fluorines, unsubstituted diazirinyl, and diazirinyl substituted with one trifluoromethyl, wherein the phenyl is substituted with at least one substituent other than methyl or methoxy: (a) R 2A and R 2B is as defined by (ii) above, and R 3 is a phenyl substituted with two or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cyano and halogens; (b) R 2A and R 3 is as defined by (iii) above, and R 2B A compound characterized as being 4-methoxyphenyl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Claim 2 In paragraph 1, R 2A is H or an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; R 2B is H; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl; one or more hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted aminoacyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, or C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with or unsubstituted by hydroxymethyl; unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl; unsubstituted C5-C 10 Cycloalkinyl; -CH2N(H)C(O)CH3; -CH2CH2SCH3; -CH2CH2S(O)2CH3; -CH2CH2CONH2; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and substituted with or unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls having one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted acyls, or unsubstituted aminoacyls; unsubstituted C6-C 10 Selected from the group consisting of aryl; 5 to 12-membered heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and one or more halogens, hydroxyls, C1-C6 alkoxys substituted with or unsubstituted by one or more halogens, or C1-C6 alkyls substituted with or unsubstituted by 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising N, O, or S; R 3 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that the phenyl is phenyl or pyridyl, wherein the phenyl is substituted with two or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cyano and halogens, and the pyridyl is substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogens, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, and C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with or unsubstituted with one or more halogens. Claim 3 In paragraph 2, R 3 A compound characterized by being a phenyl substituted with two or more substituents selected from the group consisting of cyano and halogens, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Claim 4 In paragraph 2, R 3 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being a pyridyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogens, cyanos, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyls, and C1-C6 alkoxys substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens. Claim 5 In paragraph 2, R 3 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being a phenyl substituted with two or more halo substituents selected from the group consisting of F and Cl. Claim 6 In paragraph 2, (A) R 2A is an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; (B) R 2A A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being H. Claim 7 In paragraph 2, (A) R 2B is a halogen, a hydroxyl, a C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with or unsubstituted by one or more halogens, or a C1-C6 alkyl substituted with or unsubstituted by one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; (B) R 2B is one or more hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted aminoacyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, or hydroxymethyl-substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl; (C) R 2B A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and being substituted with or unsubstituted 4 to 7 member heterocyclyls, or being substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted acyl, or unsubstituted aminoacyl. Claim 8 In paragraph 1, R 2A is H or a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; R 2B is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogens, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, and C1-C6 alkyls substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens; R 3 A compound characterized by being an unsubstituted C2-C4 alkyl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Claim 9 In paragraph 8, (A) R 2A is an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; (B) R 2A A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being H. Claim 10 In paragraph 8, R 2B is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogens, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, and C1-C6 alkyls substituted with or unsubstituted by one or more halogens. Is A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by the following. Claim 11 In paragraph 8, R 3 A compound characterized by being isopropyl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Claim 12 In paragraph 1, R 2A and R 2B They combine with the carbon atoms to which they are attached to G 1 Forms, and here G 1 Unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl, unsubstituted C5-C 10 It is a cycloalkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, wherein each G 1 is arbitrarily fused to a phenyl ring, where, G 1 When this is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl, it is a halogen; a hydroxyl; one or more halogens, a cyano, a hydroxyl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, an unsubstituted carboxyl, an unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; 5 to 12-membered heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens, cyanos, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyls; aminoacyls substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or one or more N, O, or S atoms, or unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; unsubstituted aminothionyl; unsubstituted aminosulfonyl; aminocarbonylamino substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7 heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogens or hydroxyls-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; wherein G 1 When this is a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, it comprises: halogen; hydroxyl; oxo; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and one or more halogens, hydroxyl, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 aryl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, or unsubstituted aminoacyl substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 An aminoacyl substituted with or unsubstituted by an aryl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; pyridin-on-yl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminothionyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminosulfonyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminocarbonylamino substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyls containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyls containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogens or hydroxyls-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, and R 3 Unsubstituted C2-C6 alkyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, cyano or halogen-substituted C1-C6 alkyl; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl; unsubstituted C2-C6 alkynyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, cyano or halogen-substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl; unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkenyl; unsubstituted C5-C 10 Cycloalkynyl; unsubstituted tetra- to hepta-heterosyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more nitro, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, cyano, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted phenylcarbonyl, or unsubstituted C6-C alkyl substituted or unsubstituted 10 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by comprising an aryl; and being selected from the group consisting of 5 to 12 heteroaryls substituted with or unsubstituted with one or more halogens, cyanos, or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, and comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms. Claim 13 In Paragraph 12, G 1 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene, C3-C7-cycloalkyl and 4- to 7-membered heterocyclils comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, wherein G 1 When this is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl, it is a halogen; a hydroxyl; one or more halogens, a cyano, a hydroxyl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, an unsubstituted carboxyl, an unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; 5 to 12-membered heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens, cyanos, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyls; aminoacyls substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or one or more N, O, or S atoms, or unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; unsubstituted aminothionyl; unsubstituted aminosulfonyl; aminocarbonylamino substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7 heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogens or hydroxyls-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; wherein G 1 When this is a 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, it comprises: halogen; hydroxyl; oxo; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and one or more halogens, hydroxyl, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 aryl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, or unsubstituted aminoacyl substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 An aminoacyl substituted with or unsubstituted by an aryl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; pyridin-on-yl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; aminothionyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; aminosulfonyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogen- or hydroxyl-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls. Claim 14 In Paragraph 12, G 1 silver , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , and Selected from a group consisting of, where * represents an attachment point to the parent structure, where G 1 this , , , or When, this is a halogen; hydroxyl; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; 5 to 12-membered heteroaryls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more halogens, cyanos, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyls; aminoacyls substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, or one or more N, O, or S atoms, or unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; unsubstituted aminothionyl; unsubstituted aminosulfonyl; aminocarbonylamino substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7 heterocyclyls comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogens or hydroxyls-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; wherein G 1 this , , , , , , , , , , , or When, this is, halogen; hydroxyl; oxo; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and one or more halogens, hydroxyl, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 aryl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, or unsubstituted aminoacyl substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 An aminoacyl substituted with or unsubstituted by an aryl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; pyridin-on-yl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; aminothionyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; aminosulfonyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogen- or hydroxyl-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls. Claim 15 In Paragraph 12, G 1 silver When, this is, halogen; hydroxyl; oxo; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and one or more halogens, hydroxyl, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 aryl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, or unsubstituted aminoacyl substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 An aminoacyl substituted with or unsubstituted by an aryl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; pyridin-on-yl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; aminothionyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; aminosulfonyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms; and one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of one or more halogen- or hydroxyl-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls. Claim 16 In Paragraph 12, G 1 Silver, halogen; hydroxyl; iodine; one or more halogens, cyano, hydroxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 Aryl, unsubstituted amino, amino substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups, unsubstituted aminoacyl, or C6-C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl groups 10 Aryl; comprising one or more N, O, or S atoms, and one or more halogens, hydroxyl, cyano, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 aryl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted carboxyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, or unsubstituted aminoacyl substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 12 heteroaryls; unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, unsubstituted C6-C 10 An aminoacyl substituted with or unsubstituted by an aryl, an unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxyalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, an unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an unsubstituted 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl containing one or more N, O, or S atoms, or an unsubstituted C6-C 10 C6-C substituted with aryl or one or more unsubstituted aminos 10 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being substituted or unsubstituted with one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of aryl-substituted or unsubstituted acyl; pyridin-on-yl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminothionyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls; aminosulfonyl substituted or unsubstituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyls, or unsubstituted 4 to 7 heterocyclyls containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; unsubstituted 9-membered bicyclic heterocyclyls containing one or more N, O, or S atoms; and one or more halogen- or hydroxyl-substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls. Claim 17 In Paragraph 12, G 1 silver A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being. Claim 18 In Paragraph 12, R 3 Unsubstituted C2-C6 alkyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, cyano, or halogen-substituted C1-C6 alkyl; one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, cyano, or halogen-substituted or unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl; 4 to 7-membered heterocyclyls comprising N, O, or S atoms; and one or more nitro, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, cyano, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted phenylcarbonyl, or unsubstituted C6-C alkyl substituted or unsubstituted 10 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being selected from a group consisting of aryls. Claim 19 In Paragraph 12, R 3 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being phenyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of nitro, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxy substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, unsubstituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, cyano, unsubstituted C2-C6 alkenyl, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted phenylcarbonyl, and unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl. Claim 20 In Paragraph 12, R 3 A compound characterized by being a phenyl substituted with one or more F and CN, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Claim 21 In Paragraph 12, R 3 is a C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, cyanos, and halogens, or R 3 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being a C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyls, cyanos, and halogens. Claim 22 In paragraph 1, R 4 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being H. Claim 23 In paragraph 1, R 4 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being a C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxys. Claim 24 In paragraph 1, R 5 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being H. Claim 25 In paragraph 1, R 1 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, characterized in that it is phenyl or pyridinyl, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of cyano, halogen, unsubstituted C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkyl substituted with or unsubstituted with one or more fluorines, and diazirinyl substituted with or unsubstituted with one trifluoromethyl. Claim 26 In paragraph 1, R 1 A compound characterized by being a phenyl substituted with trifluoromethyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Claim 27 A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof characterized by being selected from the group consisting of the following compounds.[Table 1] Claim 28 A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 27 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the composition is for the preparation of a drug for: (A) treating a heart disease in a subject requiring the composition; (B) treating a disease or condition associated with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy in a subject requiring the composition; (C) treating a disease or condition associated with secondary left ventricular wall thickening in a subject requiring the composition; (D) treating a disease or condition associated with small left ventricular cavity and cavity disappearance, hyperdynamic left ventricular contraction, myocardial ischemia, or cardiac fibrosis in a subject requiring the composition; or (E) treating a disease or condition selected from muscular dystrophy and glycogen storage disease in a subject requiring the composition. Claim 29 A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 27, wherein in a subject requiring the same, obstructive or non-obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy induced by myofascial and / or non-myofascial mutations; heart failure with preserved ejection fraction in a subject requiring the same; diastolic dysfunction, primary or secondary restrictive cardiomyopathy, myocardial infarction and angina pectoris, left ventricular outflow duct disorder, hypertensive heart disease, congenital heart disease, cardiac ischemia, coronary heart disease, diabetic heart disease, congestive heart failure, right heart failure, cardiorenal syndrome, or infiltrative cardiomyopathy in a subject requiring the same; cardiac aging, aging due to diastolic dysfunction, left ventricular hypertrophy and concentric left ventricular remodeling, or related heart disease in a subject requiring the same; Fabry disease, Danone's disease, mitochondrial cardiomyopathy, or Noonan syndrome in a subject requiring the same; A pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a drug for treating hypertension, valvular heart disease, aortic stenosis, mitral valve insufficiency, metabolic syndrome, diabetes mellitus, obesity, end-stage renal disease, scleroderma, sleep apnea, amyloidosis, Fabry disease, Friedreich's ataxia, Danone's disease, Noonan syndrome, or Pompe disease in subjects requiring such a drug. Claim 30 A compound of any one of claims 1 to 27 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a drug for inhibiting cardiac atrophy. Claim 31 A pharmaceutical composition characterized by comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 27 for the manufacture of a drug for inhibiting cardiac atrophy. Claim 32 delete Claim 33 delete Claim 34 delete Claim 35 delete Claim 36 delete Claim 37 delete Claim 38 delete Claim 39 delete Claim 40 delete Claim 41 delete Claim 42 delete Claim 43 delete Claim 44 delete Claim 45 delete Claim 46 delete Claim 47 delete Claim 48 delete Claim 49 delete Claim 50 delete Claim 51 delete Claim 52 delete Claim 53 delete Claim 54 delete Claim 55 delete Claim 56 delete Claim 57 delete Claim 58 delete

Images